-
81 γάρ
γάρ (Hom.+) conj. used to express cause, clarification, or inference. Never comes first in its clause; usu. second, but also third (Hb 11:32), or even fourth (2 Cor 1:19, as e.g. Menand., Epitr. 883 S. [=563 Kö.]; Lucian, Pisc. 10, Philops. 15; s. B-D-F §452; 475, 2; Denniston 56–114; Schwyzer II 560).① marker of cause or reason, forⓐ abs. Mk 1:22; 9:49; Lk 1:15; 21:4; J 2:25; Ac 2:25; Ro 1:9; 1 Cor 11:5 and oft.—It should be noted that γάρ w. a verb (and nothing else) can form a sentence (Demosth. 21, 28 δίδωσι γάρ.; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 32 κινεῖ γάρ.; Menand., Sam. 666 S. [=321 Kö.] δεῖ γάρ.; Alexis Com. 286 Kock παύσει γάρ.; Axionicus Com. [IV B.C.] 6, 6 K.: Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 273 D.; Maximus Tyr. 10, 8g δύναται γάρ.; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 3, 3; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 163d ἠνεχυρίαστο γάρ.=for it had been seized as security; Aristaen., Ep. 2, 7; Anna Comn., Alexias 5, 1 vol. I p. 156, 8 R. προπέποτο γάρ.; et al.—Ps.-Demetrius, Form. Ep. p. 12, 2 as conclusion of a letter ὀφείλω γάρ.; Vi. Aesopi G 67 P. as the ending of a story: οὐκ ἔχεις γάρ.=you don’t have any [understanding, common sense]; Polyaenus 3 the introduction ends with the words: πρόδηλον γάρ.—See also CKraeling, JBL 44, 1925, 357f; RRottley, JTS 27, 1926, 407–9; RLightfoot, Locality and Doctrine in the Gosp. ’38, 10ff; CMoule, NTS 2, ’55/56, 58f) ἐφοβοῦντο γάρ. Mk 16:8 (s. φοβέω 1a). Conclusions of this kind at the end of Mk are also found in other lit. (Horapollo 2, 80 οὗτος γάρ; Plotin. V 5, 13, 36f κρείττον γὰρ τὸ ποιοῦν τοῦ ποιούμενου• τελειότερον γάρ. [Pvan der Horst, JTS n.s. 23, ’72, 121–24]).ⓑ used w. other particles and conjunctions ἰδοὺ γάρ (Jdth 5:23; 9:7; 12:12; 1 Macc 9:45) Lk 1:44, 48; 2:10; 6:23; 17:21; Ac 9:11; 2 Cor 7:11 al.; s. ἰδού 1c. καὶ γάρ (B-D-F §452, 3; B-D-R §452, 3) for (=Lat. etenim, Kühner-G. II 338; s. Chariton 3, 3, 16; 2 Macc 1:19; 4 Macc 1:2; 5:8) Mk 10:45; Lk 22:37; J 4:23; Ac 19:40; 1 Cor 5:7; Hb 5:12; 12:29; Hs 9, 8, 2; for also, for even (B-D-F §452, 3; ZNW 19, 1920, 175f) Mt 8:9; Lk 6:32f; 7:8; 11:4; J 4:45; Ro 11:1; 15:3; 16:2; 2 Cor 2:10. S. FGrosheide, καὶ γάρ in het NT: TSt 33, 1915, 108–10. γὰρ καί for also, for precisely 2 Cor 2:9 (ParJer 7:6 εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἀπεστάλην). τε γάρ for indeed (X., Mem. 1, 1, 3) Ro 1:26; 7:7; Hb 2:11 (s. τέ 2b). μὲν γάρ (3 Macc 2:15f) often followed by δέ, ἀλλά Ac 13:36; 23:8; 28:22; 2 Cor 9:1; 11:4; Hb 7:20; 12:10 (s. μέν 1aα, β); ὅτι μὲν γὰρ … ἀλλά Ac 4:16. καὶ γὰρ οὐ 1 Cor 11:9; οὐ γάρ Mt 10:20; Mk 4:22; 6:52; J 3:17; Ac 2:34; Ro 1:16; 2:11, 13, 28; 4:13; 1 Cor 1:17; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 4:30 and oft. μὴ γάρ Js 1:7 (TestAbr A 2, 79, 9 [Stone p. 6]; GrBar 6:6). οὐδὲ γάρ Lk 20:36; J 5:22; 7:5; 8:42; Ro 8:7; Gal 1:12 (s. οὐδέ 2). οὔτε γὰρ … οὔτε (Wsd 12:13; Sir 30:19) for neither … nor 1 Th 2:5.ⓒ γάρ is somet. repeated. It occurs twice either to introduce several arguments for the same assertion, as (Sir 37:13f; 38:1f; Wsd 7:16f) J 8:42; 1 Cor 16:7; 2 Cor 11:19f; or to have one clause confirm the other, as (Jdth 5:23; 7:27; 1 Macc 11:10) Mt 10:19f; Lk 8:29; J 5:21f, 46; Ac 2:15; Ro 6:14; 8:2f; Hv 5:3; or to have various assertions of one and the same sentence confirmed one after the other Mt 3:2f; J 3:19f (cp. Wsd 1:5f; EpJer 6; 7). γάρ also occurs three times (Wsd 9:13–15; 14:27–29) Mt 16:25–27; Lk 9:24–26; Ro 4:13–15; 2 Cor 3:9–11; four times Mk 8:35–38; Ro 1:16–18; even five times 1 Cor 9:15–17.ⓓ the general is confirmed by the specific Mk 7:10; Lk 12:52; Ro 7:2; 1 Cor 12:8; —the specific by the general Mt 7:8; 13:12; 22:14; Mk 4:22, 25; Ro 2:2 v.l.ⓔ oft. the thought to be supported is not expressed, but must be supplied fr. the context: (He has truly been born) for we have seen his star Mt 2:2. (Let no one refuse) ὸ̔ς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ Mk 8:35; Lk 9:24. (Let no disciple fail to testify) ὸ̔ς γὰρ ἐὰν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με Mk 8:38. This is common; cp. Ac 13:36; 21:13; 22:26; Ro 8:18; 14:10; 1 Cor 1:18; 5:3; 9:9, 17; 14:9. Sim. w. other particles καὶ γάρ Mt 15:27; 2 Cor 5:2; 13:4; Phil 2:27; 1 Th 3:4; 4:10. καὶ γὰρ οὐ 2 Cor 3:10. μὲν γάρ Ro 2:25; 1 Cor 5:3; 11:7; 2 Cor 9:1; Hb 7:18. οὐ γάρ Mt 9:13; Mk 9:6; Lk 6:43f; Ac 4:20; Ro 8:15; 2 Cor 1:13 (also s. καί 2iα, and μέν 1aα).ⓕ oft. in questions, where the English idiom leaves the word untransl., adds then, pray, or prefixes what! or why! to the question (Hyperid., Fgm. 219; Ael. Aristid. 47, 27 K.=23 p. 452 D.; TestJob 23:8 τὶ γὰρ μοι ἡ θρίξ … ; Jos., Bell. 1, 589, Ant. 9, 92) ἱνατί γὰρ … κρίνεται for what reason … should be judged 1 Cor 10:29. ποῖον γὰρ κλέος; what credit is there? 1 Pt 2:20. μὴ γὰρ … ἔρχεται; what! Is the Messiah to hail fr. Galilee? J 7:41. μὴ γὰρ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε; what! Have you no houses? 1 Cor 11:22. S. μή 3a.—ποία γὰρ ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν; what, pray, is your life? Js 4:14 v.l. πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην; how in the world can I? Ac 8:31.—Esp. τίς γάρ; τί γάρ; in direct questions: Mt 9:5; 16:26; 23:17, 19 al. τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν; why, what crime has he committed? 27:23; sim. Mk 15:14; Lk 23:22. τί γάρ; transitional, well, then Ro 3:3; what does it matter? Phil 1:18.② marker of clarification, for, you see (Dionys. Hal., De Isocr. p. 542 Raderm.; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 10, 9 p. 373 κοῦφα γὰρ ὄντα; BGU 830, 20 ἐπεὶ γὰρ καὶ γείτων αὐτοῦ εἰμί=since I am also, as you see, his neighbor; Ps.-Demetr. 153 p. 35, 16 R.; Ps.-Callisth. 3, 2, 2 ἐγὼ γάρ=for I) Mt 12:40, 50; 23:3; 24:38; Mk 7:3; Lk 8:40; 9:14; J 3:16; 4:8f; Ro 7:2; Hb 2:8; 3:4; 2 Pt 2:8; AcPlCor 2, 4; 35.—Brief, explanatory parenthetical clauses (En 107:3 μυστηριακῶς γὰρ ἐδήλωσεν αὐτῷ; Diod S 13, 66, 6 ἦν γὰρ ὁ Κλέαρχος χαλεπός) Mt 4:18; Mk 1:16; 2:15; 5:42; 16:4; Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 16:5; Gal. 4:25 v.l. (cp. γὰρ δή 1 Cl 42:5). Akin to explanatory function is the use of γάρ as a narrative marker to express continuation or connection (in later Gk. writers, where more recent users of the texts, not finding the causal force they expect, would often prefer to see it replaced by δέ; unnecessarily, since the grammarian Trypho Alex. [I B.C.], Fgm. 54 ed. AvVelsen 1853 shows clearly that γάρ under certain circumstances εἷς οὖν ἐστὶν ἀντὶ τοῦ δέ=is one and the same thing as δέ). Indeed, in many instances γάρ appears to be used adverbially like our ‘now’ (in which the temporal sense gives way to signal an important point or transition), ‘well, then’, ‘you see’ (e.g. Diod S 20, 35, 1 ‘now’; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. §1; 120; 158; 197 [LDeubner, Bemerkungen z. Text der Vi. Pyth. des Jambl.’35, 30f]; Arrian, Ind. 33, 1 ἀλλὰ ἔπλωον γὰρ … =well, then, they sailed … ; schol. on Od. 4, 22 p. 174, 10 Dind.; ‘moreover’ SIG 1109, 28 [II A.D.]; ‘in the first place’ Jos., Bell. 7, 43, ‘now’ Ant. 1, 68): Ro 1:18; 2:25 (‘indeed’, ‘to be sure’ as Jos., Ant. 11, 8); 4:3, 9; 5:7 (‘but’); 12:3; 14:5; 1 Cor 10:1 (v.l. δέ); 2 Cor 1:12; 10:12; 11:5 (B δέ); Gal 1:11 (v.l. δέ); 5:13; 1 Ti 2:5. Cp. ἡμεῖς γὰρ J 9:28 v.l.—Confirming (Arrian, Ind. 22, 6 ἀλλὰ ἐκπεριπλῶσαι γὰρ … μέγα ἔργον ἐφαίνετο=but to sail seaward seemed indeed a dangerous undertaking; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 192 ἅπασαι μὲν γὰρ … =What has just been stated is apparent from the fact that all …). Especially in replies γάρ confirms what has been asked about (B-D-F §452, 2) yes, indeed; certainly 1 Th 2:20; 1 Cor 9:10.③ marker of inference, certainly, by all means, so, then. In self-evident conclusions, esp. in exclamations, strong affirmations, etc. (Diogenes the Cynic in Diog. L. 6, 47 παῦσαι γάρ=stop, then) μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος not for a moment let such a person think Js 1:7; μὴ γάρ τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω by no means let any of you suffer 1 Pt 4:15; ἀναλογίσασθε γὰρ τὸν … ὑπομεμενηκότα yes indeed, consider him who endured Hb 12:3; οὐ γάρ no, indeed! Ac 16:37 (Aristoph., Nub. 232, Ran. 58; Pla., Rep. 492e; Lucian, Jupp. Conf. 16). In weakened sense it is somet. resumptive, esp. in long periodic sentences: ηὐδόκησαν γάρ they decided, then Ro 15:27. ἐλεύθερος γὰρ ὤν though I am free, then 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. vs. 1). Sim. 2 Cor 5:4. Many questions w. γάρ have both inferential and causal force.—S. τοιγαροῦν.—CBird, Some γάρ Clauses in St Mark’s Gospel: JTS n.s. 4, ’53, 171–87.—DELG. M-M. -
82 ἀλλά
ἀλλά (Hom.+; DELG s.v. ἄλλος; Schwyzer II 578) gener. adversative particle (orig. neut. pl. of ἄλλος, ‘otherwise’) indicating a difference with or contrast to what precedes, in the case of individual clauses as well as whole sentences① after a negative or after μέν on the contrary, but, yet, ratherⓐ introducing a contrast οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι Mt 5:17. οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων … ἀλλʼ ὁ ποιῶν 7:21. οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει Mk 5:39. οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 9:8 (v.l. εἰ μὴ τ. Ἰ.). οὐ … σαρκὶ ἀλλὰ μόνῳ πνεύματι AcPl Ant 13 (μόνον Aa I 237, 3). οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38. ἀλλὰ καθῶς γέγραπται Ro 15:21 introduces a statement about a procedure that contrasts with what precedes.—W. ascensive force (B-D-F §448; Rob. 1187) οὐ μόνον … ἀλλὰ καί not only …, but also (EpArist oft.; TestJob 47:2f; Jos., Bell. 3, 102; Just., A I, 5, 4): οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν Ac 21:13. οὐ μόνον σὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 26:29; cp. 27:10; Ro 1:32; 4:12, 16; 9:24; 13:5; 2 Cor 8:10, 21; 9:12; Eph 1:21; Phil 1:29; 1 Th 1:5; 2:8; Hb 12:26; 1 Pt 2:18. W. the first member shortened (cp. TestJob 35:1) οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καί not only this (is the case), but also: οὐ μόνον δέ (sc. καυχώμεθα ἐπὶ τούτῳ), ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν Ro 5:3, cp. vs. 11; 8:23; 9:10; 2 Cor 8:19.—Introducing the main point after a question expressed or implied, which has been answered in the negative οὐχί, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται Ἰωάννης no; rather his name shall be John Lk 1:60. οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ ἐὰν μὴ μετανοῆτε no! I tell you; rather, if you do not repent 13:3, 5; cp. 16:30; J 7:12; Ac 16:37; Ro 3:27 (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 5; 31f [Stone p. 12]; JosAs 4:15 al.; ApcMos 6) after μὴ γένοιτο, which serves as a strong negation 3:31; 7:7, 13; cp. 1 Cor 7:21. The neg. answer is omitted as obvious: (no,) instead of that 6:6 (as a declaration). Instead of ἀ.: ἀλλʼ ἤ Lk 12:51; B 2:8. Also after a negative and ἄλλος, as in Pla., X. et al. (Kühner-G. II 284f; IG IV, 951, 76 [320 B.C.]; PPetr II, 46a, 5 [200 B.C.]; Just., A II, 4, 2 al.; in rhetorical quest. PsSol 5:12; B-D-F §448, 8): except οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν ἀλλʼ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε for we write you nothing (else) except what you can understand 2 Cor 1:13. This construction οὐκ ἄλλος ἀλλʼ ἤ is a combination of οὐκ ἄλλος …, ἀλλά (PTebt 104, 19 [92 B.C.] μὴ ἐξέστω Φιλίσκωνι γυναῖκα ἄλλην ἐπαγαγέσθαι, ἀλλὰ Ἀπολλωνίαν) 1 Cl 51:5, and οὐκ ἄλλος ἤ … (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 20).ⓑ within the same clause, used to contrast single words (Just., A I, 15, 7 οὐ τούς δικαίους … ἀλλὰ τούς ἀσεβεῖς, D. 48, 1): οὐ … δικαίους ἀλλʼ ἁμαρτωλούς Mt 9:13; Lk 5:32. οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με Mk 9:37. ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω ἀλλὰ τί σύ 14:36, cp. J 5:30; 6:38. ἡ ἐμὴ διδαχὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὴ ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 7:16. οὐκ ἐγὼ ἀλλὰ ὁ κύριος 1 Cor 7:10. οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ 6:13. οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον 11:17. οὐκ ἔστιν ἓν μέλος ἀλλὰ πολλά 12:14. οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ πονηρόν D 5:2. οὐχ ὡς διδάσκαλος ἀλλʼ ὡς εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν B 1:8 al. In Mt 20:23, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν τοῦτο δοῦναι, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου has been shortened from οὐκ ἐμὸν … ἀλλὰ τοῦ πατρός, ὅς δώσει οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.—But s. WBeck, CTM 21, ’50, 606–10 for the mng. except for Mt 20:23=Mk 10:40, and Mk 4:22, also 9:8 v.l. (for εἰ μή); D 9:5. So also B-D-F §448, 8; Mlt-Turner 330; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 113f.—After μὲν, to indicate that a limiting phrase is to follow πάντα μὲν καθαρά, ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ Ro 14:20. σὺ μὲν γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 Cor 14:17.—The use of ἀλλά in the Johannine lit. is noteworthy, in that the parts contrasted are not always of equal standing grammatically: οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖνος τὸ φῶς ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός=ἀλλὰ μαρτυρῶν π. τ. φ. J 1:8; οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν ἀλλʼ … ἦλθον although I did not know him, yet I came vs. 31. εἶπον [ὅτι] οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλʼ ὅτι I said, ‘I am not the Christ; rather, I was sent before him’ 3:28. οὔτε οὗτος ἥμαρτεν οὔτε οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα φανερωθῇ neither this man has sinned, nor his parents, but (he was born blind) that … might be revealed 9:3.② when whole clauses are compared, ἀλλά can indicate a transition to someth. different or contrasted: the other side of a matter or issue, but, yet. δεῖ γὰρ γενέσθαι, ἀλλʼ οὔπω ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος Mt 24:6, cp. Lk 21:9. κεκοίμηται• ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν J 11:11, cp. vs. 15; 16:20; Lk 22:36; J 4:23; 6:36, 64; 8:37; Ac 9:6; Ro 10:18f. ἁμαρτία οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται … ἀλλὰ … sin is not charged; nevertheless … 5:13f. Introducing an objection, ἀλλὰ ἐρεῖ τις (Jos., Bell. 7, 363 and Just., A I, 7, 1 ἀλλὰ φήσει τις) probably colloq. = ‘well’, someone will say: 1 Cor 15:35; Js 2:18 (difft. DWatson, NTS 39 ’93, 94–121). Taking back or limiting a preceding statement παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ• ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω Mk 14:36. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὔτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα Ro 5:15. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ταύτῃ 1 Cor 9:12. ἀλλὰ ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἔχει χάρισμα 7:7. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τούτου δὲ εἴρηται D 1:6.—In ἀλλʼ, οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες … ; in Hb 3:16 ἀλλʼ, in the opinion of some, seems to owe its origin solely to a misunderstanding of the preceding τίνες as τινές by an early copyist (B-D-F §448, 4), but here ἀλλά may convey strong asseveration surely (so REB). See 3 below.③ before independent clauses, to indicate that the preceding is to be regarded as a settled matter, thus forming a transition to someth. new (Just., A I, 3; 10, 1) other matter for additional consideration, but ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος … ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν but this rabble … is accursed J 7:49. ἀλλʼ ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν (no, not at all!) but in all these we are more than conquerors Ro 8:37. ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἃ θύουσιν, δαιμονίοις … θύουσιν (no!) but they (the gentiles) offer what they sacrifice to inferior deities 1 Cor 10:20 (their second-rate status is Paul’s connotation). Cp. Gal 2:3 and Mt 11:7f ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν; (you could not have wanted to see that;) but what did you go out to see? Also to be explained elliptically is the ascensive ἀλλὰ καί (and not only this,) but also Lk 12:7; 16:21; 24:22; Phil 1:18 (Ath. 21, 4); negative ἀλλʼ οὐδέ Lk 23:15; Ac 19:2; 1 Cor 3:2; 4:3 (Ar. 9:1); strengthened ἀλλά γε καί indeed Lk 24:21; ἀλλὰ μὲν οὖν γε καί Phil 3:8; Hb 3:16 (s. 2 above) may well be rendered (as NEB) all those, surely, whom Moses had led out of Egypt (cp. Dio Chrys. 33, 36; 47, 3).④ for strong alternative/additional considerationⓐ in the apodosis of conditional sentences, yet, certainly, at least εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐγώ certainly I will not Mk 14:29; cp. 1 Cor 8:6; 2 Cor 4:16; 5:16; 11:6; strengthened ἀλλὰ καί: εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν …, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως (sc. σύμφυτοι) ἐσόμεθα we shall certainly be united w. him in his resurrection Ro 6:5; limited by γε (ἀλλʼ οὖν γε Just., D. 76, 6; 93, 1): εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμι at least I am one to you 1 Cor 9:2 (cp. X., Cyr. 1, 3, 6; B-D-F §439, 2). ἐὰν γὰρ μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας certainly not many fathers 1 Cor 4:15.ⓑ rhetorically ascensive: (not only this,) but rather πόσην κατειργάσατο ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀ. ἀπολογίαν, ἀ. ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀ. φόβον, ἀ. ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀ. ζῆλον, ἀ. ἐκδίκησιν even, yes indeed 2 Cor 7:11. On Eph 5:24 s. 5 below.⑤ w. an impv. to strengthen the command: now, then (Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 4 ἀλλὰ παραμείνατε=so hold on! JosAs 13:9; ApcMos 3; SibOr 3, 624; 632; Jos., Ant. 4, 145): ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου now come and lay your hand on her Mt 9:18. ἀλλʼ εἴ τι δύνῃ, βοήθησον now help me, if you can (in any way) Mk 9:22. ἀλλὰ ὑπάγετε εἴπατε now go and tell 16:7. ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι Ac 10:20. ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι 26:16 (JosAs 14:11).—In same sense w. subjunctive ἀλλʼ … ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς μηκέτι λαλεῖν now let us warn them not to speak any longer 4:17. ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐν παντὶ περισσεύετε … ἵνα καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε 2 Cor 8:7. Unless Eph 5:24 is to be placed in 4b, it is prob. to be understood as an ellipsis, and can be expanded thus: then just as the church is subject to Christ, wives should also be subject to their husbands. Yet ἀλλά is also used to introduce an inference from what precedes: so, therefore, accordingly (e.g. Aristoph., Ach. 1189 ὁδὶ δὲ καὐτός. Ἀλλʼ ἄνοιγε τὴν θύραν=‘here he is in person. So open the door’, Birds 1718; Herodas 7, 89; Artem. 4, 27 p. 219, 22; cp. AMoorehouse, ClQ 46, ’52, 100–104 on ‘progressive’ ἀλλά as Od. 3, 388).—M-M. -
83 ὅς
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ① as relative pron. who, which, what, that (Hom.+). On its use s. B-D-F §293–97; 377–80; Rydbeck 98–118; W-S. §24; Rob. 711–26, and for ancient Gk. in gener. Kühner-G. II 399ff; Schwyzer II 639–41.ⓐ As a general rule, the relative pron. agrees in gender and number w. the noun or pron. to which it refers (i.e. its antecedent); its case is determined by the verb, noun, or prep. that governs it: ὁ ἀστήρ, ὸ̔ν εἶδον Mt 2:9. ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν Ac 17:3. Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ (sc. ἦν) ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 13:6. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος …, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος Ro 2:29. Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν J 1:47. οὗτος, περὶ οὗ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα Lk 9:9 and very oft.ⓑ A demonstrative pron. is freq. concealed within the relative pron.:α. in such a way that both pronouns stand in the same case: ὅς the one who ὅς οὐ λαμβάνει Mt 10:38; sim. Mk 4:9; 9:40 (the three w. implied condition). οὗ of the one whose J 18:26. ᾧ to the one to whom Ro 6:16. ὅν the one whom (or someth. sim.) Mk 15:12; J 1:45. οἷς to those for whom Mt 20:23. οὕς those whom Mk 3:13; J 5:21. ὅ that which, what Mt 10:27.—A prep. governing the relative belongs in certain pass. to the (omitted) demonstr. pron. alone: παρʼ ὅ Ro 12:3; Gal 1:8; ὑπὲρ ὅ (ἅ) 1 Cor 10:13; 2 Cor 12:6; Phlm 21; πρὸς ἅ 2 Cor 5:10; εἰς ὅν J 6:29. In others it must be added to both pronouns: ἐν ᾧ in that in which 2 Cor 11:12; 1 Pt 2:12; 3:16 (these passages in 1 Pt may be classed under 1kγ also). ἐν οἷς Phil 4:11. ὑπὲρ οὑ because of that for which 1 Cor 10:30. ἀφʼ ὧν from the persons from whom 2 Cor 2:3.—The much disputed pass. ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 would belong here if we were to supply the words necessary to make it read about as follows: friend, (are you misusing the kiss) for that (purpose) for which you are here? (Wlh.; EKlostermann) or thus: in connection with that (=the purposes), for which (=for the realization of which) you have appeared (do you kiss me)? (Rdm.2 78). Friend, are you here for this purpose? FRehkopf, ZNW 52, ’61, 109–15. But s. βב and iβ below.β. But the two pronouns can also stand in different cases; in such instances the demonstr. pron. is nearly always in the nom. or acc.א. in the nom. οὗ one whose Ac 13:25. ὧν those whose Ro 4:7 (Ps 31:1). ᾧ the one to or for whom Lk 7:43; 2 Pt 1:9. οἷς those to whom Mt 19:11; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15). ὅ that (nom.) which (acc.) Mt 13:12; 25:29; 26:13; Mk 11:23; Lk 12:3. Likew. ἅ Lk 12:20. ὅν he whom J 3:34; 4:18; Ac 10:21. ἐφʼ ὅν the one about whom Hb 7:13.ב. in the acc. ὧν the things of which J 13:29. ᾧ the one (in) whom 2 Ti 1:12. So also w. a prep.: ἐν ᾧ anything by which Ro 14:21. ἐν οἷς things in which 2 Pt 2:12. ἐφʼ ὅ that upon which Lk 5:25. περὶ ὧν the things of which Ac 24:13. ἐφʼ οἷς from the things of which Ro 6:21 (this passage perh. uses a commercial metaphor, for pap s. Mayser II/2, 434f §121). εἰς ὸ̔ν the one in whom Ro 10:14a.—So Mt 26:50 (s. bα above), if the words to be supplied are about as follows: friend, (do that) for which you have come! (so ESchwartz, ByzZ 25, 1925, 154f; EOwen, JTS 29, 1928, 384–86; WSpiegelberg, ZNW 28, 1929, 341–43; FZorell, VD 9, 1929, 112–16; sim. PMaas, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrb. 8, ’31, 99; 9, ’32, 64; WEltester: OCullmann Festschr., ’62, 70–91; but s. iβ end.—S. Jos., Bell. 2, 615 at πάρειμι 1a).ג. Only in isolated instances does the demonstr. pron. to be supplied stand in another case: οὗ = τούτῳ, οὗ in him of whom Ro 10:14b. παρʼ ὧν = τούτοις, παρʼ ὧν Lk 6:34.ⓒ Constructions peculiar in some respectα. The pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅς (Mlt. 94f; B-D-F §297) γυνὴ ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25 is found in older Gk. (Hyperid., Euxen. 3 ὧν … τούτων.—Kühner-G. II 433f), and is not unknown in later Gk. (POxy 117, 15), but above all is suggested by Semitic languages (LXX; GrBar 2:1; Thackeray 46; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f); the omission of αὐτῆς in the v.l. is in line w. Gk. usage. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. οὗ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:24 v.l. οὗ καὶ πολλὰ αὐτοῦ συγγράματα EpilMosq 2. In a quot. ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται … ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 = Am 9:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9. Esp. freq. in Rv 3:8; 7:2, 9; 9:11 v.l.; 13:8, 12; 20:8.β. constructions ‘ad sensum’א. a relative in the sing. refers to someth. in the pl. οὐρανοῖς … ἐξ οὗ (οὐρανοῦ) Phil 3:20.ב. a relative in the pl. refers to a sing. (Jdth 4:8 γερουσία, οἵ) πλῆθος πολύ …, οἳ ἦλθον Lk 6:17f. κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν, ἐν αἷς Ac 15:36. Cp. ἤδη δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (i.e. ἐν ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπιστ.) 2 Pt 3:1.ג. the relative conforms to the natural gender rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent noun τέκνα μου, οὕς Gal 4:19; cp. 2 J 1; Phlm 10. ἔθνη, οἵ Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); cp. 26:17. παιδάριον, ὅς J 6:9. θηρίον, ὅς Rv 13:14. ὀνόματα, οἵ 3:4 v.l. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς, ἐν οἷς Phil 2:15. W. ref. to Christ, τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ Col 2:19.ⓓ Attraction (or assimilation) of the relative. Just as in Hdt. and freq. Att., ins, pap, LXX, the simple relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ is somet. attracted to the case of its antecedent, even though the relationship of the relative within its own clause would demand a different case.α. In most instances it is the acc. of the rel. that is attracted to the gen. or dat. of the antecedent: περὶ πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται Mt 18:19. τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ὁ θεὸς διέθετο Ac 3:25. Cp. Mt 24:50b; Mk 7:13; Lk 2:20; 3:19; 5:9; 9:43; 15:16; J 4:14; 7:31; 15:20; 17:5; 21:10; Ac 1:1; 2:22; 22:10; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 1:6; 10:8, 13; Eph 2:10; 2 Th 1:4; Jd 15 al.—When the antecedent is an understood but unexpressed demonstr. pron. (s. b, beg.) that would stand in the gen. or dat., the acc. of a relative pron. can be attracted to this gen. or dat.: οὐδὲν ὧν ἑώρακαν is really οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ ἑώρακαν Lk 9:36 (Schwyzer II 641); ἅ takes on the case of τούτων which, in turn, is omitted (so already Soph., Pla., et al.).—23:14, 41; Ac 8:24; 21:19, 24; 22:15; 25:11; 26:16; Ro 15:18; 1 Cor 7:1; Eph 3:20; Hb 5:8. ὧν = τούτων, οὕς J 17:9; 2 Cor 12:17. οἷς = τούτοις, ἅ Lk 24:25.β. The dat. of the relative is less frequently attracted (B-D-F §294, 2; Rob. 717) ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς (=ᾗ) ἀνελήμφθη Ac 1:22 (cp. Lev 23:15; 25:50; Bar 1:19); Eph 1:6; 4:1; 1 Ti 4:6 v.l.; κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ = κατέν. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστ. Ro 4:17. διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα 2 Cor 1:4.γ. In relative clauses that consist of subject, predicate, and copula, the relative pron. somet. agrees in gender and number not w. the noun to which it refers, but w. the predicate if it is the subj. and, conversely, w. the subj. if it is the pred. of its own clause: πνεύματι …, ὅς ἐστιν ἀρραβών Eph 1:14 v.l. τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός Gal 3:16. τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17.—Rv 4:5; 5:8.δ. Inverse attraction occurs when the relative pronoun attracts its antecedent to its own case (as early as Hom.; also Soph., Oed. Rex 449; s. Kühner-G. II 413; Schwyzer II 641; B-D-F §295; Rob. 717f); τὸν ἄρτον ὸ̔ν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία … ἐστιν; = ὁ ἄρτος ὅν … 1 Cor 10:16. λίθον, ὸ̔ν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … οὗτος ἐγενήθη (Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; 1 Pt 2:7 v.l.—παντὶ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 12:48. ὅρκον, ὸ̔ν ὤμοσεν (=μνησθῆναι ὅρκου ὅν) 1:73 (s. W-S. §24, 7 note). τοὺς λίθους, οὓς εἶδες, ἀποβεβλημένους, οὗτοι … ἐφόρεσαν Hs 9, 13, 3. Cp. 1J 2:25.ε. Attraction can, as in earlier Gk. (Thu. 2, 70, 4), fail to take place when the relative clause is more distinctly separated fr. its antecedent by additional modifiers of the noun and by the importance attaching to the content of the relative clause itself (B-D-F §294, 1; Rob. 714f): τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος Hb 8:2. But s. also Mk 13:19; J 2:22; 4:5; Ac 8:32; 1 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:2; Phlm 10; Hb 9:7; Rv 1:20.ⓔ The noun which is the antecedent of a relative clause can be incorporated into the latterα. without abbreviating the constr. and without attraction of the case: ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ = τῇ ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ δοκ. Mt 24:44; cp. Lk 12:40; 17:29, 30. ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα 24:1. ὸ̔ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον J 6:14. ὸ̔ θέλω ἀγαθόν Ro 7:19.β. w. abbreviation, in that a prep. normally used twice is used only once: ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε = ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε Mt 7:2a. Cp. vs. 2b; Mk 4:24. ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ = ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἦν J 11:6. καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον = κατὰ τὸν τρόπον, καθʼ ὅν Ac 15:11.γ. w. a change in case, due mostly to attractionא. of the relative pron. περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν = περὶ πάντων πονηρῶν, ἃ ἐπ. Lk 3:19. περὶ πασῶν ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων = περὶ πασῶν δυνάμεων, ἃς εἶδον 19:37. αἰτίαν … ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν Ac 25:18.—The dat. of the relative is also attracted to other cases: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας = ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾖ Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας Col 1:6, 9.ב. of the noun to which the rel. refers: ὸ̔ν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη = Ἰωάννης ὸ̔ν κτλ. Mk 6:16 εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ τῆς διδαχῆς εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε Ro 6:17.δ. The analysis is doubtful in passages like περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων = περὶ τῶν λόγων οὓς κατηχήθης or τῶν λόγων, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης Lk 1:4. ἄγοντες παρʼ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνι Ac 21:16 must acc. to the sense = ἄγοντες πρὸς Μνάσωνα, ἵνα ξενισθῶμεν παρʼ αὐτῷ. S. B-D-F §294, 5; Rob. 719.ⓕ The prep. can be omitted before the relative pron. if it has already been used before the antecedent noun: ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ὧ.) Ac 1:21. εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὅ (=εἰς ὅ) 13:2. ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν (=ἀφʼ ὧν) vs. 38. Cp. 26:2. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ᾧ) Rv 18:6.ⓖ The neut. is usedα. in explanations, esp. of foreign words and of allegories: ὅ ἐστιν which or that is, which means: βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Hb 7:2; cp. Mt 27:33; Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; 15:42. Also ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; Ac 4:36; cp. J 1:38, 41f. ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενος κρανίου τόπος Mk 15:22 v.l. (for μεθερμηνευόμενον). τόπος, ὸ̔ λέγεται, Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθά J 19:17.—S. also αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον Mk 15:16. λεπτὰ δὺο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 12:42. τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία Col 1:24. πλεονέκτης ὅ ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης Eph 5:5. τὴν ἀγάπην ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14.—B-D-F §132, 2.β. when the relative pron. looks back upon a whole clause: τοῦτον τ. Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες Ac 2:32; cp. 3:15; 11:30; 26:9f; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29; 1 Pt 2:8; Rv 21:8.γ. ὅ is to be understood as an obj. acc. and gains its content fr. what immediately follows in these places (s. W-S. §24, 9; Rob. 715): ὸ̔ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ = τὸν θάνατον, ὸ̔ν ἀπέθανεν κτλ. what he died, i.e. the death he suffered, he suffered for sin Ro 6:10a; cp. vs. 10b. ὸ̔ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί the life that I now live in the flesh Gal 2:20.ⓗ The relative is used w. consecutive or final mng. (result or purpose): τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, ὸ̔ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; who has known the mind of the Lord, so that he could instruct him? 1 Cor 2:16 (cp. Is 40:13). ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he is worthy that you should grant him this Lk 7:4. ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου …, ὸ̔ς κατασκευάσει Mt 11:10. ἔπεμψα Τιμόθεον …, ὸ̔ς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 1 Cor 4:17. ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐργάσεσθε τὸ καλόν 21:2.ⓘ taking the place of the interrogative pron.α. in indirect questions (Soph., Oed. Rex 1068; Thu. 1, 136, 4; Attic ins of 411 B.C. in Meisterhans3-Schw.; pap [Witkowski 30, 7]; oft. Joseph. [Schmidt 369]; Just., D. 44, 4 διʼ ἧς ὁδοῦ). ὸ̔ ἐγὼ ποιῶ what I am doing J 13:7. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7 (Just., D. 9, 1 οὐ γὰρ οἶδας ὸ̔ λέγεις).—J 18:21.β. NT philology has generally dismissed the proposition that ὅς is used in direct questions (Mlt. 93; B-D-F §300, 2; Radermacher2 78; PMaas [see 1bβב above]). An unambiguous example of it is yet to be found. Even the ins on a goblet in Dssm., LO 100ff [LAE 125–31], ET 33, 1922, 491–93 leaves room for doubt. Therefore also the translation of ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 as ‘what are you here for?’ (so Goodsp., Probs. 41–43; similarly, as early as Luther, later Dssm.; JWilson, ET 41, 1930, 334) has been held suspect. S. ZNW 52, ’61, 109ff.—Rob. 725 doubts the interrogative here, but Mlt-Turner 50 inclines toward it. If further proof for interrogative use of ὅς can be found, lit.-crit. considerations (s. vv. 14–16) invite attention to the v.l. (s. Tdf. app.) ἐφʼ ᾦ, a combination used in commercial documents (PGrenf II, 17, 2; 5; Mayser II/1 p. 215); the colloquial use suggests the sense: What deal did you make?—See also 1bβב above.ⓙ combined w. particlesα. with ἄν (ἐάν), s. ἄν I. b.β. with γέ (s. γέ aβ and cp. PFlor 370, 9) Ro 8:32.γ. w. δήποτε whatever J 5:3(4) v.l. (the vv.ll. vary betw. οἵῳ and ᾧ, δηποτοῦν and δήποτε).δ. w. καί who also Mk 3:19; Lk 6:13f; 7:49 al.ε. with περ = ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ (TestSol, TestAbr; TestJob 7:13; JosAs 14:12; GrBar; ApcSed 2:1; Jos., Ant. 2, 277, Vi. 95; apolog. [exc. Mel.]) just the one who Mk 15:6 v.l. ὅπερ which indeed Ox 840, 35; ISm 4:1. πάντα ἅπερ whatever GPt 11:45.ⓚ used w. preposition (s. also above: 1bα; 1bβב; 1eβ,γ; 1f, and s. Johannessohn, Präp. 382f [ind.]), whereby a kind of conjunction is formed:β. w. εἰς: εἰς ὅ to this end 2 Th 1:11.γ. with ἐν: ἐν οἷς connects w. the situation described in what precedes under which circumstances = under these circumstances Lk 12:1; Ac 24:18 v.l.; 26:12. So also perh. ἐν ᾧ 1 Pt 1:6; 2:12; 3:16, 19; 4:4. S. also ἐν 7 and cp. 1bα above.δ. w. ἐπί: ἐφʼ ᾧ (normally, ‘for which’: Plut., Cimon 483 [8, 6] Cimon receives honors in requital for his generous deed [cp. the pl. ἐφʼ οἷς IPriene 114, 22 of honors heaped on a gymnasiarch for his numerous contributions]; cp. Plut., Mor. 522e and Diog. L. 7, 173. Conversely Plut., Aratus 1048 [44, 4]: A. suffers some dishonor ‘for what’ he did to one of his associates) has freq. been interpreted=ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that, because Ro 5:12 (lit. on ἁμαρτία 3a); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for 4:10. But a commercial metaphor may find expression in the first 3 passages cited here; s. ἐπί 6c. Difft. on Ro 5:12 JFitzmyer, NTS 39, ’93, 321–39; also comm. (Anchor), ad loc.: ‘with the result that, so that’ε. οὗ χάριν therefore Lk 7:47.ζ. in indications of time: ἀφʼ ἧς (s. ἀπό 2bγ and cp. BGU 252, 9 [98 A.D.]) from the time when; since Lk 7:45; Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4; Hs 8, 6, 6 v.l.; as soon as, after 8, 1, 4.—ἀφʼ οὗ (s. ἀπό 2bγ) when once, since Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18. ἄχρι οὗ (s. ἄχρι 1bα) until (the time when) Ac 7:18; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; Gal 3:19. Also ἕως οὗ until Mt 1:25; 13:33; 14:22; 17:9; Lk 13:21; D 11:6 al. μέχρις οὗ until Mk 13:30; Gal 4:19.—On the gen. οὗ as an adv. of place s. it as a separate entry.② Demonstrative pron. this (one) (Hom.+; prose of Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. II 228f]; pap, LXX).ⓐ ὸ̔ς δέ but he (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 22; PRyl 144, 14 [38 A.D.]) Mk 15:23; J 5:11 v.l. Mostlyⓑ ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other (Hippocr.+; very oft. in later wr.; POxy 1189, 7 [c. 117 A.D.]; SibOr 3, 654) the masc. in var. cases of sing. and pl. Mt 22:5; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; 2 Cor 2:16; Jd 22f. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ this … that Ro 9:21. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ (Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 15) some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δὲ … ὸ̔ς δέ Mt 21:35; 25:15 (Lucian, Tim. 57 διδοὺς … ᾧ μὲν πέντε δραχμάς, ᾧ δέ μνᾶν, ᾧ δὲ ἡμιτάλαντον). ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δὲ … ὸ̔ δέ Mt 13:8b, 23. ᾧ μὲν … ἄλλῳ δὲ … ἑτέρῳ (ἄλλῳ δέ is then repeated five times, and before the last one there is a second ἑτέρῳ) 1 Cor 12:8–10. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἄλλο κτλ. Mk 4:4. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἕτερον (repeated several times) Lk 8:5. ἃ μὲν … ἄλλα δέ (repeated several times) Mt 13:4–8a. In anacoluthon οὓς μέν without οὓς δέ 1 Cor 12:28. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν Ro 14:2.—B-D-F §250. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 100f.—DELG 1 ὅς. M-M. -
84 οὕτως
οὕτως, and before a consonant [full] οὕτω (but sts. οὕτως before a consonant, Ar.Av.63, Pl.Grg. 522c, D.23.34, PPetr.2p.20 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 124.18 (ii B. C.), etc., and οὕτω before a vowel is found in [dialect] Ep. Poets and [dialect] Ion. Prose, v. fin.); in [dialect] Att. strengthd.A , etc.; οὑτωσίν Hdn.Gr.1.509.2; v. οὗτος Α:—Adv. of οὗτος, in this way or manner, so, thus: οὕτως is antec. to ὡς, Il.4.178, Od.4.148, etc.; in [dialect] Att. alsoοὕτως ὥσπερ S.Tr. 475
, etc.; ὥσπερ.., οὕτω καὶ .. X.Cyr.1.4.21; ὡσαύτως, ὥσπερ.., οὕτω καὶ .. Pl. Ion 534a; also οὕτως, ὅπως .. S.Tr. 330, X.Cyr.1.1.2; poet. also ὥστε.., οὕτω δὲ .. S.Tr. 116 (lyr.): οὕτως is freq. left out afterὡς, ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐποίουν ταῦτα Th. 8.1
, cf. Theoc.7.45 sq.—In Prose, the relat. Pron. freq. follows instead of ὥστε, v. infr. III: when two modes are opposed, they are freq. expressed by οὕτω andἐκείνως, τότε μὲν ἐκείνως, νῦν δ' οὕτω Isoc. 12.172
;οὕτω ῥᾷον ἢ 'κείνως Pl.R. 370a
, etc.—Sts. οὕτω or - ως refers to what follows, thus, as follows, οὕτω χρὴ ποιεῖν: ἐὰν .. X.An.2.2.2;οὑτωσὶ δὲ λογίζεσθε D.18.244
; οὕτω πως ὑπείληφα ib.269; οὑτωσί πως folld. by a quotation, Pl.Ap. 28c; καὶ οὕτως even so, even on this supposition, Th.1.10;οὐδ' οὕτως Id.2.76
, 6.89, Lys.1.14, v.l. in X.An.4.8.3: strengthd.οὕτω δή Il.2.158
;οὕτω γὰρ δή τοι 15.201
; οὕτω δή τι, v. infr. III; also οὕτω που so I ween, 2.116, Od.9.262, etc.;οὕτω πῃ Il.24.373
; ὣς ὁ μὲν οὕτως ἐστὶ σόος so in this way is he saved, Od.19.300:—Phrases:1 οὕτω δὴ ἔσται so it shall be, ratifying what goes before, 11.348;ἔσσεται οὕτως 16.31
, etc.: in Prose οὕτως alone in answers, even so, just so, X.Oec.1.9; soἢ οὐχ οὕτως;—οὕτω μὲν οὖν Pl.R. 551b
, etc.2 emphat. with the imper., just, without more ado,ἔρρ' οὕτως Il.22.498
, cf. 21.184, Od. 6.218, 17.447; but, οὕτω νῦν ἀπόπεμπε as you say, 5.146.3 in wishes or prayers, so, i.e. if you grant my prayer,οὕτως ἔρως σοι.. τελεσφόρος γένοιτο E.Med. 714
;οὕτω τί σοι δοίησαν αἱ Μοῦσαι.. τοῦτον.. δεῖρον Herod.3.1
; also in protestations, so, i.e. only if what I say is true, οὕτως ὀναίμην τῶν τέκνων, μισῶ τὸν ἄνδρ' (as in Engl., so help me God, so mote I thrive, etc.) Ar.Th. 469, cf. Men.Epit. 530, Herod.7. 25, Aristaenet.2.13; οὕτω.. νομιζοίμην σοφός, ὡς .. Ar.Nu. 520.4 in colloquial phrase, beginning a story, οὕτω ποτ' ἦν μῦς καὶ γαλῆ there were once on a time.., Id.V. 1182;οὕτως ἦν νεανίσκος Id.Lys. 785
;ἦν οὕτω δὴ παῖς Pl.Phdr. 237b
.5 οὕτω with gen., τούτων μὲν οὕτω so much for this, A.Ag. 950; οὕτω καὶ τῶν οἰκονομικῶν (v.l. τῷ -κῷ) so also of.., Arist.Pol. 1253b27; ὥσπερ Χαλκὶς.. τῆς Εὐβοίας.. κεῖται, οὕτω Χερρονήσου.. ἡ Καρδιανῶν πόλις as Chalcis in respect of Euboea.., so Cardia in respect of the Chersonese, D.23.182; so οὕτως ἔχω τινός or περί τινος, v. ἔχω (A) B. II. 2; also forεἰς τοῦτο, οὕτω δὲ τάρβους.. ἀφικόμην E.Ph. 361
codd. (dub. l.).6 ὁ οὕτω καλούμενος, ὀνομαζόμενος, the so-called..,τῶν Ῥιπαίων οὕτω καλουμένων Ael.NA11.1
;τοῦ καὶ ὀνομασθέντος οὕτω ῥήτορος Hermog.Id.2.11
; Ποταμὸς δῆμος οὕτω καλούμενος P., a deme of that name, Str.9.1.22.7 οὕτω, or οὕτω δή, freq. introduces the apodosis after a protasis,ἐπειδὴ περιελήλυθε ὁ πόλεμος.., οὕτω δὴ Γέλωνος μνῆστις γέγονε Hdt.7.158
, cf. 150, Th.1.131, 2.12,19, etc.; esp. after parts., ἐν κλιβάνῳ πνίξαντες, οὕτω τρώγουσι, i.e. ἐπειδὰν πνίξωσιν, οὕτω .., Hdt. 2.92, cf. 100; alsoοὕτω δή Id.7.174
;τὰ ἄλλα καταστρεψάμενος, οὕτως.. στρατεῦσαι ὕστερον Th.3.96
;εἰς τὰ σκληρότατα ἀποβλέποντες, οὕτως ἂν μᾶλλον συννοήσαιμεν Pl.Phlb. 44e
, cf. Grg. 457d, 507e, Ap. 29b; soἔπειτα οὕτως X.An.7.1.4
: so also after the gen. abs.,ὡς.. τῶν ἡγεμόνων ὑμῖν μὴ μεμπτῶν γεγενημένων, οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε Th.7.15
, cf. X.Cyr.1.6.11, An.1.3.6, etc.III to such an extent, so, so much, so very, so excessively,καλὸς οὕτω Il.3.169
; πρυμνόθεν οὕτως so entirely, A.Th. 1061 (anap.), cf. Th. 2.47, X.Cyr.1.3.8;οὕτως τι Ar.Av.63
: freq. folld. by ὡς or ὥστε, Hdt.1.32, X.An.7.4.3, etc.: sts. the relat. ὅς takes the place of ὥστε, κρήνη οὕτω δή τι ἐοῦσα πικρή, ἣ.. κιρνᾷ (i. e. ὥστε κιρνᾶν) Hdt.4.52; ; τίς δ' οὕτως ἄνους ὃς .. ; Ar. Ach. 736, cf. D.8.44; also δυσχείμερος αὕτη ἡ.. χώρη οὕτω δή τί ἐστι, ἔνθα (i. e. ὥστε ἐνταῦθα)τοὺς μὲν ὀκτὼ τῶν μηνῶν ἀφόρητος οἷος γίνεται κρυμός Hdt.4.28
: sts. no connecting Particle is used, αἱ [κεφαλαὶ] οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν λίθῳ παίσας διαρρήξειας so excessively hard, you could scarcely break them, Id.3.12.2 with [comp] Sup. Adj., .IV sts., like αὔτως, with a diminishing power, so, merely so, simply, in Hom. always μὰψ οὕτω, Il.2.120 (for without μάψ he always uses αὔτως), cf. Hdt.1.5;μὴ διὰ μέθης.. ἀλλ' οὕτω πίνοντας πρὸς ἡδονήν Pl.Smp. 176e
, cf. Grg. 494e, Phdr. 235c, Tht. 147c, 158b, Thphr.Od.67, etc.; , cf. 1.20; τοὺς ὀδόντας.. οὕτως ἂν τοῖς δακτύλοις αὐτοῖς.. παρατρίβειν, i.e. without a dentifrice, Diocl. Fr.141; soοὕτω γε ἀπὸ στόματος Pl.Tht. 142d
; ;οὕτω πως D.1.20
; also, off-hand, at once, Pl.Grg. 464b, etc.;ἁπλῶς οὕτως Id.Lg. 633c
; ; so, without a word more.. ?S.
Ph. 1067; ;Id.
Ant. 315, cf. E.Heracl. 374 (lyr.);ἐφεξῆς οὑτωσὶ καθεζόμενος D.21.119
; ὡς οὕτω γ' ἀκοῦσαι at first hearing, Pl.Euthphr.3b; soὥς γε οὑτωσὶ ἀκοῦσαι Id.Ly. 216a
;ἀκούειν μὲν οὕτως ἁπλῶς Id.Phlb. 12c
; οὐ.. οὕτως ἄπει, = impune, E.Alc. 680.V as Hebraism, οὕτως, = such a person (thing),οὕτως οὐδέποτε εἴδαμεν Ev.Marc.2.12
, cf. LXXGe.29.26, Ev.Matt.9.33, Ev.Luc.2.48, al.B Position of οὕτω or οὕτως, mostly before the word which it limits, but in Poets sts. after,καλὸς οὕτω Il.3.169
;οὐδέ τι λίην οὕτω νώνυμός ἐστιν Od.13.239
; ἔρημος οὕτω, ἄγαν οὕτω, S.Ph. 487, 598: rarely at the end of a clause, Od.18.255, Hdt.7.170 (dub. l.): sts. separated from the word which it limits, ;S.
Ph. 104;οὕτως ἐπὶ δεινὰς ἁρπαγάς Pl.R. 391d
, cf. Th.2.11; οὕτω δ' ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ἐν φόβῳ.., ὥστε .. D.18.33.C Prosody. The last syll. of οὕτω is short before a vowel in Il.3.169, Od.3.315. The ι of οὑτωσί is always long, v. οὗτος init. -
85 γε
γε, [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Boeot. [full] γα, enclitic Particle, giving emphasis to the word or words which it follows.I with single words, at least, at any rate, but often only to be rendered by italics in writing, or emphasis in pronunciation: τὸ γὰρ.. σιδήρου γε κράτος ἐστίν such is the power of iron, Od.9.393; εἴ που πτωχῶν γε θεοὶ.. εἰσίν if the poor have any gods to care for them, 17.475;μάλιστά γε 4.366
; ὅ γ' ἐνθάδε λεώς at any rate the people here, S.OC42, etc.: with negs., οὐ δύο γε not even two, Il.5.303, 20.286; οὔκουν φθόγγος γε not the least sound, E.IA9.2 with Pronouns: with Pron. of [ per.] 1st Pers. so closely joined, that the accent is changed, in ἔγωγε, ἔμοιγε (also ἔγωγα [dialect] Lacon., but ἐγώνγα, ἰώνγα [dialect] Boeot.): in Hom. freq. with Art. used as Pron., v. ὅ γε: with demonstr. Pronouns, κεῖνός γε, τοῦτό γε, etc.: in Com. coalescing with -ί final, ; τουτογί, ταυταγί, etc., Id.V. 781, Pax 1057, etc. (but ): after possess. Pronouns,ἐμόν γε θυμόν Il.20.425
, etc.: freq. after relat. Pronouns, ὅς γε, οἵ γε, etc.,οἵ γέ σου καθύβρισαν S.Ph. 1364
;ὅς γ' ἐξέλυσας δασμόν Id.OT35
, etc.; ὅσον γε χρῄζεις even as much as.., ib. 365;οἷόν γέ μοι φαίνεται Pl.R. 329a
: rarely with interrog. Pronouns,τίνα γε.. εἶπας
;E.
Tr. 241; ;S.
Ph. 441.3 after Conjunctions, to emphasize the modification or condition introduced by the subjoined clause, πρίν γε, before at least, sts. repeated,οὐ μὲν.. ὀΐω πρίν γ' ἀποπαύσεσθαι, πρίν γε.. αἵματος ἆσαι Ἀρῆα Il.5.288
, cf. Od.2.127; πρὶν ἄν γε or πρίν γ' ἄν, Ar.Eq. 961, Ra.78, etc.; ; ;ἐπεί γε X.An.1.3.9
;ἐπειδή γε Th.6.18
;ὅπου γε X.Cyr.2.3.11
; εἴ γε, ἐάν γε, if that is to say, if really, Th.6.18, Pl.Phdr.25<*>c; also simply to lay stress on the condition, κἄν γε μὴ λέγω and if I do not.., Ar.Ach. 317; εἴπερ γε if at any rate, Hdt.7.16.γ, 143, etc.; ὥστε γε (v.l. ὥς γε), with inf., so far at least as to.., Pl.Phdr. 230b;ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
; ὥς γε or ὥσπερ γε as at least, S.Ant. 570, OT 715, etc.:—γε may follow τε, when τε is closely attached to the preceding word,ὡς οἷόν τέ γε μάλιστα X.Mem.4.5.2
, Pl.R. 412b; ; :—for its use in opposed or disjunctive clauses, v. infr. 11.3.4 after other Particles, καὶ μὴν.. γε, οὐ μὴν.. γε, with words intervening, X.Mem.1.4.12, E.Alc. 518, etc.; after ἄν in apodosi, when preceded by οὐ or καί, Id.Ph. 1215, Or. 784; ἄταρ.. γε but yet, Ar.Ach. 448; καίτοι γε, v. καί τοι; ἀλλά γε (without intervening words) is f.l. in Pl.Hp.Ma. 287b (leg. ἀλλ' ἄγε), R. 331b ( ἀλλά γε ἕν codd.,ἀλλὰ ἕν γε Stob.
); ἀλλά γε δή dub. in Id.Phdr.262a; later, Plu.2.394c, Ael.NA10.49 codd.: but,5 when preceding other Particles, γε commonly refers to the preceding word, while the Particle retains its own force: but sts. modifies the sense of the following Particle, γε μήν nevertheless,πάντως γε μήν Ar.Eq. 232
, cf. E.El. 754, X., etc.; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.γε μέν Il.2.703
, Od.4.195, Hdt.7.152; , S.Tr. 484; , X.An.2.3.9, etc.: γε δή freq. strengthens an assertion, A.Pr.42, Th.2.62, etc.;οἰόμεθά γε δή Pl.Euthd. 275a
(cf. also 11.1); γέ τοι, implying that the assertion is the least that one can say, Ar.V. 934, Pl. 424, 1041, etc.; ; , Pl.Phdr. 264b;γέ τοί που Id.Lg. 888e
; , etc.; γέ που at all events, any how, Ar. Ach. 896, Pl.R. 607d, 478a, etc.; for γε οὖν, v. γοῦν.II exercising an influence over the whole clause:1 epexegetic, namely, that is, Διός γε διδόντος that is if God grant it, Od.1.390; κλῦθι, Ποσείδαον.., εἰ ἐτεόν γε σός εἰμι if indeed I am really thine, 9.529: hence to limit, strengthen or amplify a general assertion, ἀνὴρ.. ὅστις πινυτός γε any man— at least any wise man, 1.229; freq. preceded by καί, usu. with words intervening, ἦ μὴν κελεύσω κἀπιθωΰξω γε πρός ay and besi <*>es that.., A.Pr.73; παρῆσάν τινες καὶ πολλοί γε some, ay and a great many, Pl.Phd. 58d;καὶ γελοίως γε Id.R. 531a
; freq. with the last term in an enumeration,ταύτῃ ἄρα.. πρακτέον καὶ γυμναστέον καὶ ἐδεστέον γε καὶ ποτέον Id.Cri. 47b
;ὄψεις τε καὶ ἀκοαὶ καὶ.. καὶ ἡδοναί γε δή Id.Tht. 156b
; repeated, ; rarely without intervening words,καί γε ὁ θάνατος διὰ τὴν μοίρην ἔλαχεν Hp.Septim.9
, cf. Lys.11.7 codd.;καί γε.. ἐκχεῶ Act.Ap.2.18
: hence,2 in dialogue, in answers where something is added to the statement of the previous speaker, as ἔπεμψέ τίς σοι.. κρέα; Answ. καλῶς γε ποιῶν yes and quite right too, Ar.Ach. 1049; κενὸν τόδ' ἄγγος, ἢ στέγει τι; Answ. σά γ' ἔνδυτα .. yes indeed, your clothes, E. Ion 1412; οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μάλιστα δηχθείη πόσις. Answ. σὺ δ' ἂν γένοιο γ' ἀθλιωτάτη γυνή yes truly, and you.., Id.Med. 817, cf. S.OT 680, etc.; πάνυ γε yes certainly, Pl.Euthphr.8e, etc.; οὕτω γέ πως yes somehowso, Id.Tht. 165c; sts. preceded by καί, καὶ οὐδέν γ' ἄτοπον yes and no wonder, ib. 142b, cf. d, 147e; sts. ironically,εὖ γε κηδεύεις πόλιν E.IT 1212
.3 to heighten a contrast or opposition,a after conditional clauses, εἰ μὲν δὴ σύ γ'.., τῷ κε Ποσειδάων γε .. if you do so, then at all events Poseidon will.., Il.15.49 sq.; ἐπεὶ πρὸς τοῦτο σιωπᾶν ἥδιόν σοι.. τόδε γε εἰπέ at any rate tell me this, X.Cyr. 5.5.20;εἰ μὴ τὸ ὅλον, μέρος γ' ἐπιβάλλει D.18.272
:—sts. in the protasis, εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἑκόντες γε.. ἀλλ' ἀέκοντας .. Hdt.4.120.b in disjunctive sentences to emphasize an alternative, ἤτοι κεῖνόν γε.. δεῖ ἀπόλλυσθαι ἢ σέ .. Id.1.11; ;πατὴρ δ' ἐμός.. ζώει ὅ γ' ἢ τέθνηκε Od.2.131
, cf. Il.10.504: also in the second clause,εἰπέ μοι, ἠὲ ἑκὼν ὑποδάμνασαι ἤ σέ γε λαοὶ ἐχθαίρουσι Od.3.214
, cf. Hdt.7.10.θ, S.OT 1098 sq.4 in exclamations, etc., ὥς γε μή ποτ' ὤφελον λαβεῖν dub. in E.IA70, cf. S.OC 977, Ph. 1003, Ar.Ach.93, 836, etc.; in oaths, οὔτοι μὰ τὴν Δήμητρά γ' v.l. in Ar.Eq. 698;μὰ τὸν Ποσειδῶ γ' οὐδέποτ' Id.Ec. 748
;καὶ ναὶ μὰ Δία γε X.Ap.20
;καὶ νὴ Δία γε Ar.Eq. 1350
, D.Chr.17.4, Luc. Merc.Cond.28, Lib.Or.11.59, etc.: with words intervening, καὶ νὴ Δί', ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἕτεροί γε .. D.13.16;νὴ Δία, ὦ Ἀθηναῖοι, ὥρα γε ὑμῖν X.HG7.1.37
; merely in strong assertions, τίς ἂν φιλέοντι μάχοιτο; ἄφρων δὴ κεῖνός γέ .. Od.8.209, etc.5 implying concession, εἶμί γε well then I will go (in apodosi), E.HF 861;δρᾶ γ' εἴ τι δράσεις Id.IA 817
, cf. Andr. 239.III γε freq. repeated in protasis and apodosis, as πρίν γε.., πρίν γε, v. supr.1.3;εἰ μή γε.. τινὶ μείζονι, τῇ γε παρούσῃ ἀτιμίᾳ Lys.31.29
; even in the same clause, , cf. Hdt.1.187, E.Ph. 554, Pl.R. 335b, Grg. 502a.IV POSITION: γε normally follows the word which it limits; but is freq. placed immediately after the Article, asὅ γε πόλεμος Th.1.66
, etc.; or the Prep.,κατά γε τὸν σὸν λόγον X.Cyr.3.1.15
;ἔν γε ταῖς Θήβαις S.OT 1380
; orδέ, νῦν δέ γε Pl.Tht. 144e
; τὸ δέ γε ib. 164b;δοῖμεν δέ γέ που ἄν Id.R. 607d
, cf. Phd. 94a, etc.; freq. in retorts, ἁμές ποκ' ἦμες ἄλκιμοι νεανίαι. Answ.ἁμὲς δέ γ' εἰμές Carm.Pop.18
; οὐκ οἶδ' ὅτι λέγεις. Answ.ἡ γραῦς δέ γε οἶδ', ὡς ἐγῷμαι Men.Epit. 577
, cf. A.Th. 1031, etc. -
86 δέ
δέ,A but: adversative and copulative Particle,I answering to μέν (q. v.),τὴν νῦν μὲν Βοιωτίαν, πρότερον δὲ Καδμηίδα γῆν καλουμένην Th.1.12
, etc.II without preceding μέν,1 adversative, expressing dist. opposition, αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ' ἐστὶ φίλα.. μαντεύεσθαι, ἐσθλὸν δ' οὔτε τί πω εἶπας ll.1.108;ὀρθῶς ἔλεξας, οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις E.Or. 100
, cf. S.Ant.85, etc.;τέθνηκεν ἀνδρὸς οὐδενός, θεοῦ δ' ὕπο Id.Ph. 334
; so in Prose,οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐλευθερώσει δέ.. Th.4.86
;οἱ αἰχμάλωτοι.. ᾤχοντο εἰς Δεκέλειαν, οἱ δ' εἰς Μέγαρα X.HG1.2.14
, cf. Cyr.4.5.46;ἡ δ' ἑτέρα IG2.652A45
.2 copulative,a in explanatory clauses, ξυνέβησαν.. τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ἑλεῖν ([etym.] ἦν δὲ σταδίων μάλιστα ὀκτώ) Th.4.66, cf. Il.7.48: when a Subst. is folld. by words in apposition,Ἀρισταγόρῃ τῷ Μιλησίῳ, δούλῳ δὲ ἡμετέρῳ Hdt.7.8
.β'; μήτηρ βασιλέως βασίλεια δ' ἐμή A.Pers. 152
; so in answers, διπλᾶ λέγειν. —Answ.διπλᾶδ' ὁρᾶν Id.Th. 974
.b in enumerations or transitions, Il.1.43-49, 345- 351, X.Cyr.1.2.1, etc.; with repetition of a word in different relations,ὣς Ἀχιλεὺς θάμβησεν.., θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι Il.24.483
;σάκος εἷλε.., εἵλετο δ' ἔγχος 14.9
sq.;Ζεύς ἐστιν αἰθήρ, Ζεὺς δὲ γῆ, Ζεὺς δ' οὐρανός A.Fr.70
;κινεῖκραδίαν, κινεῖδὲ χόλον E. Med.99
;ὄζει ἴων, ὄζει δὲ ῥόδων, ὄζει δ' ὑακίνθου Hermipp.82.8
; in rhetorical outbursts,οὐκ ἂν εὐθέως εἴποιεν· τὸν δὲ βάσκανον, τὸν δὲ ὄλεθρον, τοῦτον δὲ ὑβρίζειν,—ἀναπνεῖν δέ. D.21.209
; in a climax, πᾶν γύναιον καὶ παιδίον καὶ θηρίον δέ nay even beast, Pl.Tht. 171e, cf.X. HG5.2.37; in the combinationκαὶ δέ Il.23.80
, al.,καὶ.. δέ A.Pr. 973
, E.El. 1117, etc., each particle retains its force.c answering to τε (q. v.),ἃ τῶν τε ἀποβαινόντων ἕνεκα ἄξια κεκτῆσθαι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτὰ αὑτῶν Pl.R. 367c
.3 implying causal connexion, less direct than γάρ, Il.6.160, Od.1.433.4 in questions, with implied opposition,ἑόρακας δ', ἔφη, τὴν γυναῖκα; X.Cyr.5.1.4
;καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης, εἰπέ μοι, ἔφη, κύνας δὲ τρέφεις; Id.Mem.2.9.2
, cf. 2.1.26, S. Ant. 1172: in Trag. (not in Com. or Oratt.), when the speaker turns from one person to another, the voc. stands first, then the pers. Pron. folld. by δέ, asΜενέλαε, σοὶ δὲ τάδε λέγω.. E.Or. 622
, etc.; also in Hdt.,ὦ δέσποτα, ἐγὼ δὲ ταῦτα ἐποίησα 1.115
.II in apodosi:1 after hypothetical clauses, εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they will not give it, then I.., Il.1.137, cf. Od.12.54;εἰ μηδὲ τοῦτο βούλει ἀποκρίνασθαι, σὺ δὲ τοὐντεῦθεν λέγε X.Cyr.5.5.21
, cf. Pi.O.3.43 (v.l.), A.Ag. 1060, Hdt.5.1, etc.b after temporal or relative clauses, with ἐπεί, ἕως, etc., Il.24.255, Hdt.9.70, etc.;μέχρι.. εἶχον τὰ βέλη, οἱ δὲ ἀντεῖχον Th.3.98
; with demonstr. Pronouns or Advbs. answering to a preceding relative, οἵηπερ φύλλων γενεή,τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν Il.6.146
, etc.;ἆθλα οἷς κεῖται ἀρετῆς μέγιστα, τοῖς δὲ καὶ ἄνδρες ἄριστοι πολιτεύουσιν Th.2.46
;τοὺς δ' ἔλαβε τυράννους.. τούτους δὲ.. ἐξεδίδου Hdt.5.37
, cf. Isoc.4.98, Pl.La. 194d;οἷα μὲν ἕκαστα ἐμοὶ φαίνεται τοιαῦτα μὲν ἔστιν ἐμοί, οἷα δὲ σοί, τοιαῦτα δὲ αὖ σοί Id.Tht. 152a
: sts. after a participle,οἰόμενοι.. τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ' ὅμοιοι.. ἐσόμεθα X.An.6.6.16
, cf. Isoc.15.71 (v.l.).2 to resume after an interruption or parenthesis,χρόνου δὲ ἐπιγινομένου καὶ κατεστραμμένων σχεδὸν πάντων..,—κατεστραμμένων δὲ τούτων.. Hdt.1.28
,29;νῦν δ' αὖ πάλιν ὑπό τε πλούτου διαθρυπτόμενος.. καὶ ὑπ' ἀνθρώπων.. ὑπὸ τοιούτων δέ.. X.Cyr.7.2.23
; with an anacoluthon,ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἄρα,—οἷ ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ.. τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ἰτέον, αὕτη δὲ δή.. Pl.Phd. 80d
: for δ' οὖν, v. οὖν.3 to begin a story, ἦμος δ' ἠέλιος.. well, when the sun.., Od.4.400.4 to introduce a proof, τεκμήριον δέ, σημεῖον δέ, v. sub vocc.B POSITION of δέ. It usu. stands second: hence freq. between Art. and Subst. or Prep. and case; but also after Subst., or words forming a connected notion, hence it may stand third, , cf. Th. 411, Eu. 531, S.Ph. 959, etc.; fourth, Id.OT 485, E.Hel. 688, A.Pr. 323, 383, etc.; fifth, ib. 401codd.; even sixth, Epigen.7(codd. Poll.); so in Prose after a neg., οὐχ ὑπ' ἐραστοῦ δέ, to avoid confusion between οὐ δέ and οὐδέ, Pl.Phdr. 227c. -
87 πολύς
πολύς, [dialect] Att. πολλή, πολύ; gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, ou=; dat. πολλῷ, ῇ, ῷ; acc. πολύν, πολλήν, πολύ:—[dialect] Ion. [full] πολλός Anacr.43.3,Aπολλή, πολλόν Xenoph.9
, Democr.219, Hp.VM1, Herod.3.19; also in Trag., S.Ant.86, Tr. 1196; acc. πολλόν, πολλήν, πολλόν: Hdt. uses the [dialect] Ion. forms, but codd. haveπολύν 2.121
.δ, 3.57, v.l. in 6.125,πολύ 2.106
,3.38,6.72,7.46, 160 ( πολύ also in Heraclit.114, Democr. 244):—both sets of forms are found in [dialect] Ep., also gen. sg.πολέος Il.4.244
, etc.: nom. pl.πολέες 2.417
, al., once [var] contr.πολεῖς 11.708
; gen. πολέων (trisyll.) 5.691, (disyll.) 16.655; dat.πολέσι 10.262
,al.;πολέσσι 13.452
, al.;πολέεσσι 9.73
, Od.5.54, Hes.Op. 119, etc.; acc. πολέας (trisyll.) Il.3.126, etc., (disyll.) 1.559,2.4, Hes.Op. 580 (freq. with v.l. πολεῖς Il.15.66, etc.); in later [dialect] Ep. πολέες is used as fem., Call.Del.28, alsoπολέας Id.Dian.42
, A.R.3.21; neut.πολέα Q.S.1.74
(v. infr.):—[dialect] Ep. also have [full] πουλύς (once in Hes., Th. 190, also Thgn. 509, sts. fem. in Hom.,πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρήν Il.10.27
,ἠέρα πουλύν 5.776
), neut.πουλύ Od.19.387
; these forms are found in codd. of Hp. and Aret. (who uses πολύ, πουλύ and πολλόν in neut.), but not in Hdt.:— Lyr. and Trag. (lyr.) sts. use [dialect] Ep. forms, dat. sg. ; nom. pl.πολέες B.10.17
; neut. ; (fem., B.5.100); dat. pl. . [ῠalways.]I of Number, many, Il.2.417, etc.; ἐκ πολλῶν, opp. ἐξὀλίγων, Hes.Th. 447; τριηκόντων ἐτέων πόλλ' ἀπολείπων wanting many of thirty years, Id.Op. 696;παρῆσάν τινες, καὶ πολλοί γε Pl.Phd. 58d
;οὐ πολλοί τινες A.Pers. 510
: with Nouns of multitude,πουλὺς ὅμιλος Od.8.109
;πλῆθος πολλόν Hdt.1.141
;ἔθνος πολλόν Id.4.22
; later πουλὺ.. ἐπ' ἔτος many a year, AP6.235 (Thall.);π. ἦν ὁ καταπλέων Plb.15.26.10
; of anything often repeated,περὶ σέο λόγος ἀπῖκται π. Hdt.1.30
;πολλὸν ἦν τοῦτο τὸ ἔπος Id.2.2
, cf. 3.137, etc.;πολὺ.. τὸ σὸν ὄνομα διήκει πάντας S.OC 305
; often,D.
21.29; τοῦτο ἐπιεικῶς πολὺ νῦν ἐστι is fairly frequent, Luc.Hist.Conscr.15.2 of Size, Degree, Intensity, much, mighty, ὄμβρος, νιφετός, Il.10.6;π. ὕπνος Od.15.394
;πῦρ.. π. 10.359
; π. ὑμέναιος a loud song, Il.18.493; π. ὀρυμαγδός, ῥοῖζος, etc., 2.810, Od.9.315, etc.; π. ἀνάγκη strong necessity, E.Ph. 1674; π. γέλως, βοή, much or great, S.Aj. 303, 1149; μωρία ib. 745; ὄλβος, αἰδώς, A.Pers. 251, Ag. 948;ἀσφάλεια Th.2.11
; ἀλογία, εὐήθεια, Pl.Phd. 67e, Phdr. 275c, etc.b rarely of a single person, great, mighty,μέγας καὶ πολλὸς ἐγένεο Hdt.7.14
, cf. E.Hipp.1; ὁ π. σοφιστής, στρατηγός, Chor.p.23 B., Id.in Rev.Phil.1.68;ὁ πάντα π. Id.p.27
B.; ὁ πολύς alone, of Hippocrates, Gal.19.530; of Trajan, Lyd.Mag.2.28;ῥώμην σώματος πολύς D.H.2.42
.c joined with a Verb, Κύπρις γὰρ οὐ φορητός, ἢν πολλὴ ῥυῇ if she flow with full stream, metaph. from a river, E.Hipp. 443;θρασυνομένῳ καὶ πολλῷ ῥέοντι D. 18.136
; from the wind, ὡς π. ἔπνει καὶ λαμπρός was blowing strong and fresh, Id.25.57, cf. Ar.Eq. 760, AP11.49 (Even.): generally, with might or force,ὅταν ὁ θεὸς.. ἔλθῃ πολύς E.Ba. 300
;ἢν π. παρῇ Id.Or. 1200
;π. καὶ τολμηρὸς ἅνθρωπος D.40.53
: with part. and εἰμί, πολλὸς ἦν λισσόμενος was all entreaties, Hdt.9.91; ;Ἐτεοκλέης ἂν εἷς π... ὑμνοῖθ' A.Th.6
;π. ἐνέκειτο λέγων Hdt.7.158
;π. τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται D.18.199
; alsoπ. ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λόγοισι Hdt.8.59
;πρὸς ταῖς παρασκευαῖς Plb.5.49.7
;ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ D.S.14.107
: without a Prep.,π. ἦν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις καὶ ἐπαχθής Aeschin.2.41
; π. μὲν γὰρ ὁ Φίλιππος ἔσται will be often mentioned, Id.1.166.3 of Value or Worth,πολέος δέ οἱ ἄξιος ἔσται Il.23.562
, cf. Od.8.405;πολλοῦ ἄξιος X.An.4.1.28
, etc.;πολλῶν ἄξιος Ar. Pax 918
; περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τι, Lat. magni facere, cf.περί A.
IV; ἐπὶ πολλῷ at a high price, D.8.53;ἐπὶ π. ἐρραθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; πολύ ἐστί τι it is worth much, of great conscquence, X.Oec.18.7.4 of Space, large, wide, π. χώρη, πεδίον, Il.23.520,4.244, etc.; πόντος, πέλαγος, Hes.Op. 635, S.Ph. 635;χῶρος πλατὺς καὶ π. Hdt.4.39
; λίμνη μεγάλη τε καὶ π. ib. 109;π. ἡ Σικελία Th. 7.13
;π. ἡ Ἑλλάς Pl.Phd. 78a
, etc.; πολλὸς ἔκειτο he lay outstretched wide, Il.7.156, cf. 11.307; π. κέλευθος a far way, A.Pers. 748 (troch.): withoutὁδός, πολλὴ μὲν εἰς Ἡράκλειαν.., πολλὴ δὲ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν.. X.An.6.3.16
: διὰ πολλοῦ, ἐκ πολλοῦ, v. infr. IV.5 of Time, long, (anap.), etc.;πολὺν χρόνον Il.2.343
, etc.;οὐ π. χρ. S.Ph. 348
, etc.; soπολλοῦ χρόνου Ar.Pl.98
;χρόνῳ πολλῷ S.Tr. 228
; διὰ πολλοῦ (sc. χρόνου) Luc.Nec.15;ἐκ πολλοῦ Th.1.58
, D. 21.41; πρὸ πολλοῦ long before, D.S.14.43;οὐ μετὰ πολύ Luc.Tox.54
; ἔτι πολλῆς νυκτός while still quite night, Th.8.101; πολλῆς ὥρας late in the day, Plb.5.8.3;ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35
;ἔτι ἔστιν ἡμέρα πολλή LXX Ge.29.7
.II Special usages:1 c. partit.gen., e.g. πολλοὶ Τρώων, for πολλοὶ Τρῶες, Il.18.271, etc.; neut., πολλὸν σαρκός, for πολλὴ σάρξ, Od.19.450: in Prose, the Adj. generally takes the gender of the gen.,τὸν πολλὸν τοῦ χρόνου Hdt.1.24
; τῆς γῆς οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7;τῆς ἀθάρης πολλήν Ar.Pl. 694
;πολλὴν τῆς χώρας X.Cyr. 3.2.2
;ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου D.44.6
; v. infr. 3.2 joined with another Adj.,πολλὰ δυστερπῆ κακά A.Ch. 277
, cf. 585 (lyr.), etc.: more freq. joined to another Adj. by καί, πολέες τε καὶ ἐσθλοί many men and good, Il.6.452, etc.;πολέες τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι 21.586
;πολλὰ καὶ ἐσθλά Od.2.312
; παλαιά τε πολλά τε ib. 188;ἄκοσμά τε π. τε Il.2.213
;πολλαί γε.. καὶ ἄλλαι Hes.Th. 363
;π. τε καὶ κακά Hdt.4.167
, etc.;π. κἀγαθά Ar.Th. 351
(butπ. ἀγαθά IG12.76.45
);π. καὶ ἀνόσια Pl.R. 416e
;π. καὶ μακάρια Id.Plt. 269d
;π. καὶ πονηρά X.Mem.2.9.6
;πολλά τε καὶ δεινά Id.An.5.5.8
;μεγάλα καὶ π. D.36.22
; π. καὶ καλοὺς (s.v.l.) κινδύνους, π. καὶ καλὰ παραδείγματα, Din.1.109.3 with the Art. (in Hom. without the Art., Il.2.483, 5.334, 22.28), of persons or things well known, Ἑλένα μία τὰς πολλάς, τὰς πάνυ π. ψυχὰς ὀλέσασ' those many lives, A.Ag. 1456 (lyr.), cf. S.OT 845, Th.3.87, Pl.Phd. 88a, Ti. 54a, Act.Ap.26.24: with abstract Nouns,τᾶς πολλᾶς ὑγιείας A. Ag. 1001
(lyr., dub.); numbers,Hdt.
1.136.b οἱ π. the many, i.e. the greater number,Ἀθηναῖοι.. ἀπῆλθον οἱ πολλοί Th. 1.126
, cf. 3.32, etc. (so in sg., ὁ πολλὸς λόγος the prevailing report, Hdt.1.75);τοῖς π. κριταῖς S.Aj. 1243
: with gen., τοῖς π. βροτῶν ib. 682;οἱ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων X.Cyr.8.2.24
; far the most,Hp.
Aër.20 (v.l. μάλιστα for ἅπαντες); for τὰ πολλὰ πάντα, v. infr. 111.1a: hence οἱ πολλοί the people, the commonalty, opp. οἱ μείζω κεκτημένοι, Th.1.6; opp. οἱ κομψότεροι, Pl.R. 505b; οἱ π., = Lat. plebs, D.S.20.36; τῶν πολλῶν εἷς one of the multitude, D.21.96; alsoὁ π. λεώς Luc.JTr.53
, cf. Rh.Pr.17;ὁ π. ὅμιλος Id.Luct.2
. Hdn.1.1.1, etc.;ὁ π. δῆμος Luc.Apol.15
;ὁ π. ὄχλος Ph. 2.4
; ὁ π. alone, = vulgus, v.l. in D.S.2.29; the ordinary man, Epicur.Fr. 478, Phld.Rh.2.154S.;νίμμα ὁ π. λέγει, ἡμεῖς ἀπόνιπτρον λέγομεν Phryn.170
, cf.369; ὁ ἐμπαθὴς καὶ π. ἄνθρωπος 'l'homme moyen sensuel', Herm.in Phdr.p.146A.; ὁ π. ἄνθρωπος (with pl. Verb) the average man, opp. τὸ ἐξαίρετον, Eun.Hist.p.216 D.c τὸ πολύ, c. gen.,τῆς στρατιῆς τὸ πολλόν Hdt.8.100
;τὸ π. τοῦ χρόνου Hp.
Aër. 20;τῶν λογάδων τὸ π. Th.5.73
;τῶν ὅπλων τὸ π. Pl.Plt. 288b
; alsoὁ στρατὸς ὁ πολλός Hdt.1.102
;ἡ δύναμις ἡ π. Th.1.24
; ὁ π. βίοτος the best part of life, S.El. 185 (lyr.).d the most,Od.
22.273, and perh. 2.58, 17.537 (elsewh. in Hom. πολλά, as Subst., means much riches, great possessions, Il.11.684, Od.19.195);τὰ π. τοῦ πολέμου Th.2.13
; πρὸς τὸ τῶν π. μέγεθος in regard to the size of the average, Arist.Rh. 1363b11.4 pl. πολλά very much, too much, πολλὰ πράσσειν, = πολυπραγμονεῖν, E.Supp. 576, Ar.Ra. 228;π. ἔπαθεν Pi.O.13.63
, etc.; π. ἔρξαι τινά to do one much harm, A. Th. 923 (lyr.).5 πολλάς with Verbs of beating ( πληγάς being omitted), v. πληγή 1.6 πολύς repeated, , cf. A.Supp. 451; , etc.; πολλοῦ πολύς, v. infr. 111.1b: with Advbs. πολλάκις, πολλαχῇ, etc. (qq. v., cf. 111.1 e).III Adverbial usages:a neut. πολύ ([dialect] Ion. πολλόν) , πολλά, much,πόλλ' ἀεκαζομένη Il.6.458
, etc.; strengthd.,μάλα πολλά 8.22
, al.;πάνυ πολύ Pl.Alc.1.119c
; ; esp. of repetition, often, Il.2.798, Od.13.29, Hes.Op. 322; so of earnest commands and entreaties, πολλὰ κελεύων, πόλλ' ἐπέτελλον, πολλὰ λισσομένη, πολλὰ μάλ' εὐχομένω, Il.5.528, 11.782, 5.358, 9.183: with the Art., for the most part,Pl.
Prt. 315a, etc. (but with numerals, at most, Vett. Val.9.5);ὡς τὸ π. X.Mem.1.1.10
, etc.;τὰ πολλά Th.1.13
, 2.11,87, etc.;ὡς τὰ π. Id.5.65
, etc.;τὰ π. πάντα Hdt.1.203
, 2.35, 5.67.b of Degree, far, very much,ἀπέφυγε πολλὸν τοὺς διώκοντας Id.6.82
: also abs. gen. πολλοῦ very,θρασὺς εἶ πολλοῦ Ar.Nu. 915
, cf. Eup.74;πολλοῦ δύνασθαι Alciphr.1.9
(s.v.l.); πολλοῦ πολύς, πολλὴ πολλοῦ, much too much, Ar.Eq. 822,Ra. 1046.c of Space, a great way, far,οὐ πολλόν Hdt.1.104
;πολὺ οὐκ ἐξῄεσαν Th.1.15
, etc.d of Time, long,ὡς πολλὸν τοῦτο ἐγίνετο Hdt.4.126
, cf. 6.129.e of Probability, ἐὰν πολλὰ πολλῶν τέκῃς, perh. = ἐὰν πολλάκις τέκῃς,POxy. 744.9 (i B.C./i A.D.);ἐάν τι πολλὰ πολλάκις πάθω Ar.Ec. 1105
.2 πολύ is freq. joined with Adjs. and Advbs.,a with a [comp] Comp. to increase its comp. force, πολὺ μεῖζον, πολλὸν παυρότεροι, Il.1.167, Od.14.17; πολὺ μᾶλλον much more, Il.9.700; πολύ τι μᾶλλον f.l. in D.H. Comp.4 (p.22 U.-R.): with words, esp. Preps., between πολύ and its Adj., π. ἐν πλέονι, π. ἐπὶ δεινοτέρῳ, Th.1.35, Pl.R. 589e;πολὺ ἔτι ἐκ λαμπροτέρων Id.Phd. 110c
;π. σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι X.An.3.1.22
, cf.3.2.30, Smp.1.4 (but the Prep. freq. comes first,ἐκ π. ἐλάττονος And.1.109
, etc.); so πολλῷ is freq. used with the [comp] Comp., by far, A.Pr. 337, Hdt. 1.134, etc.;π. μᾶλλον S.OT 1159
, Pl.Phd. 80e; οὐ πολλῷ τεῳ ἀσθενέστερον not a great deal weaker, Hdt.1.181, cf. 2.48,67, etc.: πολύ with all words implying comparison, πολὺ πρίν much sooner, Il.9.250;π. πρό 4.373
: with the comp. Verbφθάνω, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη 13.815
; so πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων, πολὺ προμάχεσθαι ἁπάντων, 6.125, 11.217;προὔλαβε πολλῷ Th.7.80
: with βούλομαι, = prefer,ἡμῖν πολὺ βούλεται ἢ Δαναοῖσι νίκην Il.17.331
, cf. Od.17.404; πολύ γε in answers, after a [comp] Comp. or [comp] Sup., ἀργὸς.. γενήσεται μᾶλλον; Answ. , cf. 387e, etc.b with a [comp] Sup., πολὺ πρώτιστος, πολλὸν ἄριστος, far the first, etc., Il.2.702, 1.91, etc.;προθυμία π. τολμηροτάτη Th.1.74
, etc.;πολλόν τι μάλιστα Hdt.1.56
;π. δή, π. δὴ γυναῖκ' ἀρίσταν E.Alc. 442
(lyr.), cf. Ar.Av. 539, Archestr.Fr.34.9; alsoπολλῷ πλεῖστοι Hdt.5.92
.έ, 8.42;π. μεγίστους Id.4.82
.c with a Positive, to add force to the Adj.,ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ' αὖ σοφή A.Ag. 1295
; alsoἐς πόλλ' ἀθλία πέφυκ' ἐγώ E.Ph. 619
(troch.);πολὺ ἀφόρητος Luc.DMeretr. 9.3
; cf. πλεῖστος.IV with Preps.,1 διὰ πολλοῦ at a great interval of Space or Time, v. διά A.1.5, 11.2.4 ἐπὶ πολύ,a over a great space, far,οὐκ ἐπὶ πολλόν Hdt.2.32
; ἐπὶ π. τῆς θαλάσσης, τῆς χώρας, Th.1.50,4.3, etc.; to a great extent, Id.1.6,18,3.83; cf.ποιέω B.11.2
.b for a long time, long, Id.5.16;τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ π. Id.7.38
, cf. 39.cὡς ἐπὶ π.
very generally,Id.
1.12 (v.l.), Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.195;ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π.
for the most part,Th.
2.13, Pl.Plt. 294e, etc.;μὴ καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Isoc.4.154
;τό γ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Id.8.35
.6 περὶ πολλοῦ, v. supr. 1.3.7 πρὸ πολλοῦ far before,τῆς πόλεως D.H.9.35
; also of Time, οὐ πρὸ π. not long before, Id.5.62.8 σὺν πολλῷ in no small degree, only too much or too well, Hld.2.8,9.20, 10.9 (cf. CR41.53). -
88 ἄλλος
A yος, cf. Lat. alius):— another, i. e. one besides what has been mentioned, either Adj. or Pron.: when Adj., its Subst. is either in the same case, or in gen.,Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
;θεῶν ἄ. 16.446
:—ἄ. μέν.. ἄ. δέ .. one.. another.., more rarely the one.. the other.. (of two persons, etc.), Il.22.493, etc.; τὰ μέν.. ἄλλα δέ .. Il.6.147, and [dialect] Att.; ἕτερον μέν.. ἄλλον δέ .. Il.9.313; ἄλλο μέν.. ἑτέρου δέ .. Hdt.1.32;θάτερον.. τὸ δ' ἄλλο E.IT 962
.II with τις, any other,οὐδέ τις ἄ. ἔγνω ἀλλ' ἄρα Κασσάνδρη Il.24.697
;ἄ. τις Hdt. 3.85
; οὐδεὶς ἄ. no other, ibid.;ἄλλα πολλά Il.9.639
;πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα Th.3.56
; forεἴ τις ἄλλος Id.6.32
, etc., andεἴ τις καὶ ἄ. X.An.1.4.15
, etc., v. εἰ.2 freq. with another of its own cases or derived Adverbs, ἄ. ἄλλα λέγει one man says one thing, one another, X.An.2.1.15;ἄ. ἄλλω' ἔλεγεν Pl.Smp. 220c
;ἄ. ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο X.An. 4.8.19
; v. ἄλλοθεν, ἄλλοσε, ἄλλοτε; also with Verb in pl.,παραλαμβάνων ἄ. ἄλλον ἐπ' ἄλλου, τὸν δ' ἐπ' ἄλλου χρείᾳ.. ἐθέμεθα πόλιν ὄνομα Pl.R. 369c
, cf. X.Cyr.2.1.4, etc.: pl., ἄλλοι when the several parties are pl.,λείπουσι τὸν λόφον.. ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν X.An.1.10.13
.3 ἄ. καὶ ἄ., one and then another, one or two, X.An.1.5.12; ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο one thing after another, Id.Cyr.4.1.15; πρὸς ἄλλὡ καὶ ἄλλὡ σημείὡ to different points, Euc.1.7.4 repeated for emphasis, ἄ. ἄ. τρόπος quite another sort, E.Ph. 132.6 with Art., ὁ ἄλλος, the rest, all besides; in pl., οἱ ἄλλοι ([dialect] Ion. [var] contr. ὧλλοι) all the others, the rest, freq. from Hom. downwards ( ἄλλοι in same signf., Il.2.1); τὰ ἄλλα, [var] contr. τἆλλα, all else,τἆλλα πλὴν ὁ χρυσός Scol. 1
(Pytherm.); in [dialect] Att. freq. as Adv., for the rest, esp. in amendments to decrees, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα καθάπερ ὁ δεῖνα κτλ. IG1.27a70, etc.: of Time, = τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον, X.HG3.2.2; ὁ ἄ. χρόνος, = ὁ λοιπὸς χρόνος, of the future, Lys. 14.4 (but also of the past, D.20.16); τῇ ἄλλῃ ἡμέρᾳ, τῷ ἄλλῳ ἔτει, next day, next year, X.HG1.1.13, 1.2.1; οἵτε ἄλλοι καί .. all others and especially..,γυναῖκας ἄλλας τε πολλὰς καὶ δὴκαὶ βασιλέος θυγατέρα Hdt.1.1
, etc.; ἄλλα τε δὴ εἶπε, καί .. Pl.Tht. 142c; (v.ἄλλως 1
):— τὸ ἄλλο is much less freq. than τὰ ἄλλα.7 with Numerals, yet, still, further,τρίτον ἄ. γένος Hes.Op. 143
; πέμπτος ποταμὸς ἄ. yet a fifth river, Hdt.4.54, cf. A.Th. 486, S.Ant. 1295, etc.8 in enumerations, as well, besides, ἅμα τῇγε καὶ ἀμφίπολοι κίον ἄλλαι with her their mistress came attendants also, Od.6.84; ; οὐ γὰρ ἦν χόρτος οὐδὲ ἄ. δένδρον οὐδέν there was no grass nor any tree at all, X.An.1.5.5;πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ξένων Pl.Grg. 473d
; προσοφλὼν οὐ τὴν ἐπωβελίαν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλην ὕβριν besides, Aeschin.1.163:—pleonastic, , cf. X.Cyr.1.6.2;ἰδὼν ἐς πλησίον ἄλλον Il.4.81
;γυναικῶν τῶν ἄλλων μία E.Med. 945
;μόνη τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιστημῶν Pl.Chrm. 166e
; with [comp] Comp., freq. in Hom.,οὔτις σεῖο νεώτερος ἄ. Ἀχαιῶν Il.15.569
, cf. 22.106, al.; with [comp] Sup.,ὀϊζυρώτατος ἄλλων Od. 5.105
.2 in this sense, c. gen., ἄλλα τῶν δικαίων other than just, X.Mem.4.4.25:—followed by ἤ .., with preceding neg., οὐδὲ ἄλλο.., οὐδὲν ἄλλο (or ἄλλο οὐδέν) .., ἤ .. nothing else than.., Hdt.1.49, 7.168, Th.4.14;οὐδὲν ἄλλο γ' ἤπτήξας A.Pers. 209
; ἃ μηδὲν ἄλλο ἢ διανεῖταί τις which one only thinks, Pl. Tht. 195e:—more freq. in questions, τίς ἄλλος ἢ 'γώ .. ; A.Pr. 440; τί δ' ἄλλογ' ἢπόνοι .. ; Id.Th. 852: ellipt., τί ἄλλο (sc. πάσχω ) ἢ ἱπποκένταυρος γίγνομαι; X.Cyr.4.3.20; τί ἄλλο (sc. ἐποίησαν) ἢ ἐπεβούλευσαν; Th.3.39:—followed by πλήν, S.Aj. 125, Ar.Ach.39; by Preps., πρό ..Hdt.3.85; ἀντί .. A.Pr. 467; παρά .. Pl.Phd. 80b, etc.: with neg., sts. followed by ἀλλά, Il.18.403, 21.275:—see also ἄλλο τι.3 other than what is, untrue, unreal, Od.4.348.4 other than right, wrong, bad, ἄλλου τινος ἡττῆσθαι yield to some unworthy motive, D. 21.218, cf. Plu.2.187d, etc.; cf. ἄλλως. -
89 ἦ
ἦ, Adv., never in the form ἦε ([etym.] ἠέ):I TO CONFIRM an assertion, in truth, of a surety, , etc.; ironically, 1.229, al.; with concessive force, it is true that..: hence, although..,ἦ καὶ γένει ὕστερος ἦεν 3.215
: freq. strengthd. by the addition of one or two other Particles, asἦ ἄρα Od.24.193
;ἦ ἄρα δή Il.13.446
;ἦ ῥα 4.82
;ἦ ῥά νυ 6.215
;ἦ γάρ 1.78
;ἦ γάρ τοι Od.16.199
;ἦ δή Il.2.272
;ἦ δή που 21.583
; ;ἦ θην Il.20.452
; ;ἦ μάλα Il.3.204
;ἦ μάλα δή 5.422
; ἦ μήν and ἦ μέν (v. infr.);ἦ νυ Il.22.11
;ἦ τάχα Od.18.73
;ἦ τε 13.211
: and to express doubt, ἦ που, v. ἦ που and ποῦ: esp. ἦ μήν used in oaths and asseverations, Il.2.291, 7.393, A.Pr.73, 168, etc.; alsoἦ μάν Il.2.370
, 13.354, Sapph.Supp.23.5;ἦ μέν Od.10.65
(later εἶ μήν, v. εἷ): c. inf. in orat. obliq., after Verbs of swearing, etc.,σὺ δὲ σύνθεο, καί μοι ὄμοσσον, ἦ μέν μοι πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
; ἦ μέν also in [dialect] Ion. historical Prose, Hdt.4.154, 5.93, al.;ἐγγυᾶσθαι, ἦ μὴν παραμενεῖν Pl. Phd. 115d
; ἐγγυητὰς καταστῆσαι ἦ μὴν ἐκτείσειν Lexap.D.24.39: with other Particles,ἦ μὲν δή Il.2.798
, Od.18.257, al.;ἦ δὴ μάν Il.17.538
.2 in the combinations ἐπεὶ ἦ, ὅτι ἢ and τί ἢ; A.D.Conj.255.5, Synt.307.19(cf. Hdn.Gr.1.520), recognizes an 'expletive' ἠ ([etym.] παραπληρωματικὸς σύνδεσμος) perispom. after ἐπεί, barytone after ὅτι or τί. It is prob. the same as the affirmative ἦ (cf. A.D.Conj.l.c.), and occurs in the same combinations,ἐπεὶ ἦ πολύ.. Il.1.169
, al.; ἐπεὶ ἦ μάλα ib. 156, Od.10.465;ἐπεὶ ἦ καί.. Il.20.437
, Od.16.442. Trypho took τίη as one word, and this can be supported byτί ἢ δὲ σύ.. Il.6.55
, but A.D. (Conj.l.c.) infers from the accent of ὅτι ἢ that τί ἢ was two words. The Attic accentuation is said by Eust.45 init., 118.39, 907.14 to be τιή, ὁτιή(qq. v.).3 this ἦ (or ἢ) is prob. to be recognized inὥς τε γὰρ ἦ Il.2.289
,ὥς τέ τευ ἦ Od.3.348
, 19.109, where codd. have ἢ (in Od.3.348 ἠδέ (cj. Bekker) shd. perh. be read for ἠέ).II in Questions not involving alternatives:1 Direct questions,a epexegetic of a preceding question, suggesting the answer to it, τίπτ' εἰλήλουθας; ἦ ἵνα ὕβριν ἴδῃ Ἀγαμέμνονος; why hast thou come? is it that thou mayst see.. ? Il.1.203, cf. 5.466,7.26, Od.4.710,13.418, 17.376, B.17.5; τί δῆτα χρῄζεις; ἦ με γῆς ἔξω βαλεῖν; S.OT 622, cf. E.Or. 1425 (ἤ codd.); τίς σοι διηγεῖτο; ἦ αὐτὸς Σωκράτης; Pl.Smp. 173a (perispom., cod. B): on the accent, Hdn. Gr.2.112.b not epexegetic of a preceding question, ἦ σύ γ' Ὀδυσσεύς ἐσσι πολύτροπος; art thou the wily Odysseus? Od.10.330, cf. Il.11.666, 15.504; ἦ οὐκ ὀτρύνοντος ἀκούετε.. Ἕκτορος; do you not hear..? ib. 506, cf. Od.16.424; ἦ τὸ πλοῖον ἀφῖκται; Pl.Cri. 43c; ἦ οὐ δοκεῖ καὶ σοὶ οὕτω; don't you think so too? Id.Grg. 479b (perispom., cod. T); ἦ βούλει συλλογισώμεθα αὐτά; shall we work them (the consequences) out? ib. 479c (perispom., cod. T); ἦ τορῶς λέγω; A.Ag. 269; ἦ κἀν δόμοισι τυγχάνει τανῦν παρών; S.OT 757: freq. with other Particles, ἦ ἄρ.. ; Od.20.166, Il.19.56; mostly ἦ ῥα.. ; 5.421, 762, Od.4.632; also in Trag. (in lyr.), A.Pers. 633, S.Aj. 172, 955: esp. to mark the first of several questions, Pi.I.7(6).3 sqq.; ἦ ἄρα δή.. ; Il.13.446; ἦ ῥά νυ.. ; 4.93; ἦ νυ.. ; 15.128; ἦ ταῦτα δή.. ; S.Ph. 565, El. 385; ἦ ταῦτα δῆτα.. ; Id.OT 429; ἦ γάρ.. ; A.Pr. 745, 757, S.OT 1000: in [dialect] Att. Prose, ἦ γάρ; standing alone, is it not so? Pl.Tht. 160e, Grg. 449d, 468d; ἦ καί.. ; A.Ag. 1207, 1362:—ἦ usu. begins the sentence, except that the vocative may precede, as in Il.5.421, 762, Od.4.632, S.OC 863, 1102, or ἀλλά, as in A.Ag. 276, Ch. 774:—by Crasis ἦ combines with ἄρα in [dialect] Att. and the κοινή to ἆρα (q. v.), in all other dialects (cf. A.D.Conj.223.24 ) to ἦρα (q. v.), but ἆρα is found in Pi.P.4.78 ( ἄρα codd.), al., Archil.86, 89.2 Indirect questions, (v.l. εἰ, which alone has Ms. authority in Il.1.83, Od.19.325);ὄφρα καὶ Ἕκτωρ εἴσεται ἢ καὶ ἐμὸν δόρυ μαίνεται ἐν παλάμῃσιν Il.8.111
(v.l. εἰ) ; ἀλλ' ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπὲ.. ἢ καὶ Λαέρτῃ αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἄγγελος ἔλθω; Od.16.138 (v.l. εἰ) ; ἀμφίστασθαι ἦ κα πεφυτεύκωντι πάντα κὰτ τὰν συνθήκαν they shall investigate whether.. Tab.Heracl.1.125;μαντεύσασθαί οἱ.. ἦ λώϊόν οἵ κα εἴη Isyll.34
;διαφαφίξασθαι ἦ δοκεῖ αὐτὸν στεφανῶσαι IG12(3).170.12
([place name] Astypalaea): accented ἤ in codd. Hom., but it shd. perh. be perispom.------------------------------------ἦ, for ἔφη, [ per.] 3sg. [tense] impf. or [tense] aor. 2 of ἠμί (q. v.). [full] ἦ, for ἦν, [dialect] Att. [var] contr. from lon. ἔα, [tense] impf. of εἰμί (A sum). -
90 εἷς
εἷς, μία, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός a numerical term, ‘one’ (Hom.+)① a single pers. or thing, with focus on quantitative aspect, oneⓐ in contrast to more than oneα. adj. μίλιον ἕν Mt 5:41; cp. 20:12; 25:15, 24; Ac 21:7; 28:13; 2 Pt 3:8. Opp. πάντες Ro 5:12 (εἷς ἄνθρωπος as Hippocr., Ep. 11, 2 [IX p. 326]; SHanson, Unity of the Church in the NT, ’46, 65–73 [lit.]). Opp. the nation J 11:50; 18:14 (cp. Oenom. in Eus., PE 5, 25, 5 μεῖον εἶναι ἕνα ἀντι πάντων πεσεῖν τὸν βασιλέα=it is a lesser evil when one, instead of all the citizens, falls, namely, the king).β. noun, Lk 23:16 (17) v.l. w. partitive gen. (Diod S 1, 91, 5 αὐτῶν εἷς; Jos., Vi. 204; Just., A I, 1, 1 al.) Mt 5:19; 6:29; 18:6; Mk 9:42; Lk 12:27; 15:21 v.l.; 17:2, 22; 23:39; J 19:34 or w. ἐκ (Maximus Tyr. 1, 6 ab ἐκ πολλῶν εἷς; Lucian, Somn. 9; Jos., Bell. 7, 47) Mt 18:12; 22:35; 26:21; Mk 14:18; J 1:40; 6:8; Ac 11:28 al. ὁ εἷς τῶν δώδεκα one of the twelve Mk 14:10 is a peculiar expr. (cp. BGU 1145, 25 [18 B.C.] ὁ εἷς αὐτῶν Ταυρῖνος; UPZ 161, 50; 54; PTebt 138; 357, 10).ⓑ in contrast to the parts, of which a whole is made up (Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 16 τὰ πολλὰ ἓν γίγνεσθαι; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ὠκεανός: γίγνεται ἐκ δύο εἰς ἕν; Just., D. 103, 5 ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων … ἓν ὄνομα). ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16 (all three Gen 2:24). οἱ πολλοὶ ἓν σῶμά ἐσμεν we, though many, form one body Ro 12:5; cp. 1 Cor 12:12, 20; Eph 2:15. πάντες εἷς ἐστε you are all one Gal 3:28. ἕν εἰσιν 1 Cor 3:8; cp. J 10:30; 17:11, 21–23 (cp. 1QS 5, 2; Just., D. 42, 3 ἓν ὄντες πρᾶγμα). Also εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8 (Appian, Iber. 66 §280 ἐς ἕν=together, as a unity). εἰς ἕν J 11:52 (cp. 1QS 5, 7). ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν who has united the two divisions Eph 2:14.—MAppold, The Oneness Motif (John) ’76.ⓒ w. negative foll. εἷς … οὐ (μή), stronger than οὐδείς (Aristoph., Eccl. 153, Thesm. 549; X., An. 5, 6, 12; Demosth. 30, 33 ἡ γυνὴ μίαν ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐχήρευσεν; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 18) ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται not one of them will fall Mt 10:29 (Lucian, Herm. 28 ἓν ἐξ ἁπάντων); cp. 5:18; Mk 8:14; Lk 11:46; 12:6. The neg. rarely comes first Mt 5:36.② a single entity, with focus on uniformity or quality, oneⓐ one and the same (Pind., N. 6, 1 ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος• ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ πνέομεν ἀμφότεροι; Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 6; Maximus Tyr. 19, 4a; cp. OGI 383, 59 [I B.C., the ruler’s statue is to be made of the type of stone used for statues of the gods]; Gen 11:1; 40:5; Lev 22:28; Wsd 7:6; Ar. 13, 5 μία φύσις τῶν θεῶν) ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ in one and the same house Lk 12:52 (Diod S 14, 43, 1 ἐν ἑνὶ τόπω). Expressing unanimity ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι w. one voice Ro 15:6; τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου one and the same loaf 1 Cor 10:17; εἷς ὁ θεός one and the same God (Amphitheos of Heracleia: 431 Fgm. 1b Jac. Διόνυσος κ. Σαβάζιος εἷς ἐστι θεός; difft. Ath. 10, 2 ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ) Ro 3:30; cp. 9:10; 1 Cor 6:16f; 12:9, 13. εἷς κύριος, μία πίστις, ἓν βάπτισμα• εἷς θεός κτλ. (cp. the three genders of εἷς consecutively in Simonides 97 Diehl2 ἓν πέλαγος, μία ναῦς, εἷς τάφος [of shipwrecked pers.]; Just., D. 63, 5 μιᾷ ψυχῇ … συναγωγῇ … ἐκκλησίᾳ) Eph 4:5f (NJklA 35, 1915, 224ff. The repetition of εἷς is like Herm. Wr. 11, 11; Epict. 3, 24, 10ff).—Rv 9:13; 18:8; Ac 17:26. ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ Phil 1:27; cp. Ac 4:32 (cp. Aristot., EN 9, 8, 2; Plut., Mor. 478c). τὸ ἓν φρονεῖν be of one mind Phil 2:2. συνάγειν εἰς ἕν unite, bring together (Pla., Phileb. 23e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 45, 3 συνάξειν εἰς ἓν τὰ ἔθνη; POxy 1411, 3 τῶν δημοσίων εἰς ἓν συναχθέντων; TestJob 28:5 τὰ χρήματα ἐὰν συναχθῇ εἰς ἓν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό ‘if all [our] valuables were brought together at one place’; Jos., Bell. 3, 518) J 11:52. τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτό one and the same 1 Cor 12:11 (cp. Diod S 11, 47, 3; 17, 104, 6; Epict. 1, 11, 28; 1, 19, 15; Just., D. 123, 1 ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ … νόμου); cp. ἓν καὶ αὐτό τινι 11:5.—εἰς ἕνα τόπον in a place by itself (Jos., Ant. 6, 125) J 20:7.ⓑ (a) single, only one (Diod S 16, 11, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 44 §180 εἷς ἀνήρ; Maximus Tyr. 11, 6c μαντεῖον ἕν al.; Just., D. 141, 3 τῆν μίαν τοῦ Δαυεὶδ … παράπτωσιν) λόγον ἕνα Mt 21:24 (GrBar 5:1); Gal 5:14. ἕνα ἄρτον Mk 8:14. εἷς ἄρτος 1 Cor 10:17a (εἷς ἄ. is also the symbol of the unity of the Pythagorean fellowship: Diog. L. 8, 35; here Diog. L. adds that οἱ βάρβαροι hold the same view ἔτι καὶ νῦν). πῆχυν ἕνα Mt 6:27 (s. πῆχυς); ἓν μέλος 1 Cor 12:26; ἓν ἔργον J 7:21 (here, following ἕν, καί adds an indication of the greatness of the accomplishment, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 133 §555 ἓν ἐκ τῶν Καίσαρος ἔργων προὔθηκα …, καί). εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός Mt 19:17; ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 23:15; ἕνα εἶχεν υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν he had an only son, whom he loved dearly Mk 12:6 (εἷς υἱ. as Phalaris, Ep. 18). ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν Gal 3:20; cp. Mk 12:32; 1 Cor 8:4, 6 (v.l. adds to God the Father and Jesus Christ ἓν πνεῦμα ἅγιον κτλ. Cp. also Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a θεὸς εἷς … κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί and as early as Xenophanes, Fgm. 19 Diehl3 εἷς θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι κ. ἀνθρωποῖσι μέγιστος [= Fgm. 23 Diels]); Js 2:19; PtK 3 p. 15, 20 (Herm. Wr. 11, 11; 14 εἷς ὁ θεός; POxy 1382, 20 εἷς Ζεὺς Σάραπις; Sb 159, 1 εἷς θεὸς ὁ βοηθῶν ὑμῶν; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 67; Jos., Ant. 5, 97 θεός τε εἷς; 8, 343, C. Ap. 2, 193; SibOr 4, 30 and Fgm. 1, 7; Ath. 6, 1 μονάς ἐστιν ὁ θεός, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν εἷς; 6, 4 ὁ θεὸς εἷς; s. EPeterson, Εἷς Θεός 1926; D. Monotheismus als polit. Problem ’35; additional reff. Horst, Ps.-Phoc. p. 151f). εἷς ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ διδάσκαλος Mt 23:8; cp. vs. 9. μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ a husband married only once (numerous sepulchral ins celebrate the virtue of a surviving spouse by noting that he or she was married only once, thereby suggesting the virtue of extraordinary fidelity, e.g. CIL VI, 3604; 723; 12405; 14404; cp. Horace, Odes 3, 14, 4; Propertius 4, 11, 36; Valerius Maximus 4, 3, 3; and s. esp. CIL VI, 1527, 31670, 37053=ILS 8393 [text and Eng. tr.: EWistrand, The So-Called Laudatio Thuriae, ’76]; s. GWilliams, JRS 48, ’58 16–29. For the use of μία in ref. to a woman: Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 346 D.: ὑπὲρ μιᾶς γυναικός=for only one woman; μία γυνή quite freq.: Diod S 17, 72, 6; cp. 1, 80, 3, where the phrase γαμοῦσι μίαν simply means that the priests married only once, not that they lead a strictly moral life, a concept for which Greeks never use the expression μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ or anything like it; Hippostratus [III B.C.]: 568 Fgm. 1 Jac.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 95 §402; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ: Ath. terms a second marriage εὐπρεπής μοιχεία veiled adultery) 1 Ti 3:2, 12; Tit 1:6; others render husband of one wife (e.g. RSV in later printings; REB). Correspondingly ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή (cp. the exemplary conduct of Hannah [Anna] Lk 2:36; Paus. 7, 25, 13 the priestess of the earth goddess must be a woman who, before she became a priestess, was not πλέον ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐς πεῖραν ἀφιγμένη) 1 Ti 5:9.—Abs. 1 Cor 9:24; 2 Cor 5:14. μεσίτης ἑνός an intermediary for one alone Gal 3:20; cp. Js 4:12. οὐδὲ εἷς not even a single (X., Mem. 1, 6, 2, Cyr. 1, 3, 10 et al.; Sir 42:20; 49:14 v.l.; 1 Macc 11:70) Mt 27:14; Ac 4:32. Freq. at the end of a sentence or clause (ref. fr. comedy in ESchwartz, NGG 1908, p. 534, 3. Also Hermocles [IV–III B.C.] p. 174, 17 Coll. Alex.; Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 23; Ael. Aristid. 28, 156 K.=49 p. 542 D.; 53 p. 617 D.; Epict. 2, 18, 26, Enchir. 1, 3; Philonides in Stob. 3, 35, 6 ed. Hense III p. 688; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 59, 5 [39 A.D.]; Bel 18 Theod.; 1 Macc 7:46) Ro 3:10; οὐδὲ ἕν foll. by ἐὰν μή J 3:27. This is a good reason for placing the period after οὐδὲ ἕν J 1:3 (s. GBergh van Eysinga, PM 13, 1909, 143–50. EHennecke, Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. I 1928, 207–19; Md’Asbeck, ibid. 220–28; REisler, Revue de Philol. 3 sér. 4, 1930, 350–71; BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6; KAland, ZNW 59, ’68, 174–209; Metzger 195f; γίνομαι 2a), but the lack of inner punctuation in the older mss. validates consideration of alternative punctuation. οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός there is not even one Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:3; Just., D. 103, 2 οὐδὲ μέχρις ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ‘not a single person’). μία εἴσοδος the only entrance Hs 9, 12, 6.—ἕν only one thing: ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει you still lack only one thing (Jos., Bell. 4, 257) Lk 18:22. ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ you lack only one thing Mk 10:21; cp. Lk 10:42. ἓν οἶδα at least this one thing I know J 9:25. ἓν δὲ τοῦτο this one thing (Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 19; Just., D. 115, 6 ἓν δὲ μικρὸν ὁτιοῦν) 2 Pt 3:8.—ἓν δέ is a short interjectional sentence (like Xenophon Eph. 1, 5, 3 τοσοῦτο δέ•) just one thing! Phil 3:13 (AFridrichsen, ConNeot 9, ’44, 31f).—Gal 5:14 commercial imagery εἷς λόγος (just) one entry, one heading (cp. BGU 831, 13).ⓒ alone (οὐδεὶς) … εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός Mk 2:7 (in the parallel Lk 5:21 μόνος ὁ θεός, cp. Herm Wr. 11, 11 εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός … εἰ μὴ μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ); 10:18; 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Mt 23:10; Lk 18:19.—EBishop, ET 49, ’38, 363–66.③ an unspecified entity, some/one=τὶς, whereby εἷς can mean exactly the same thing as the indef. art. (Aristoph. et al. [Av. 1292 εἷς κάπηλος]; Περὶ ὕψους 33, 4 p. 62, 18 V. [the rdg. of cod. Paris], εἷς ἕτερος w. μή ‘for no other reason’; Strabo 5, 3, 2, 230c ἐπηγγείλατο ἕνα ἀγῶνα ἱππικόν; Syntipas p. 29, 3 μία γαλῆ; Appian, Liby. 117 §554 νυκτὸς μιᾶς=one night; Marc. Diac. 27, 5 ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ=on a certain day; SIG 1170, 15 [160 A.D.] μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ; UPZ 162 I, 27 [117 B.C.]; PAmh 30, 28 [II B.C.] Κονδύλου ἑνὸς τῶν ἁλιείων; BGU 1044, 6; Gen 21:15; Jdth 14:6; 1 Esdr 3:5. B-D-F §247, 2; Mlt. 96f; Rob. 674f; Mlt-Turner 195f; EBruhn, RhM 49, 1894, 168–71; JWackernagel, Syntax II2 1928, 151; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 104–6).ⓐ someone, anyone Mt 18:24; 19:16; Mk 10:17; εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς Lk 24:18. Oft. w. partitive gen. foll. (Alexis 220, 5; Diod S 20, 107, 5 εἷς τῶν φίλων; Epict. 4, 2, 9; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15 εἷς τῶν Σπαρτῶν; TestJob 26:6 μίαν τῶν … γυναικῶν; Jos., Ant. 9, 106) ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν (some) one of the prophets Mt 16:14 (a diminishing term? s. Reader, Polemo p. 257). ἕνα τ. συνδούλων 18:28. ἐν μιᾷ τ. πόλεων Lk 5:12. ἐν μιᾷ τ. ἡμερῶν on one of the days vs. 17; cp. 15:19, 26; 22:47.ⓑ as indef. art. (s. at 3 above beg.) εἷς γραμματεύς a scribe Mt 8:19. συκῆν μίαν a fig tree Mt 21:19; cp. 26:69; Mk 12:42. παιδάριον ἕν J 6:9 v.l.; ἑνὸς ἀετοῦ Rv 8:13; cp. 18:21; 19:17; ἄρχων εἷς ἐλθών Mt 9:18. εἷς στέφανος ApcPt 3:10; ἓν σῶμα AcPlCor 2:26.ⓒ used w. τὶς (Pla., Thu., et al.; Jdth 2:13) εἷς τις νεανίσκος a certain young man Mk 14:51 v.l. W. partitive gen. foll. (Trypho Alex. [I B.C.] in Athen. 3, 78a ἕνα τινὰ τ. Τιτάνων; Aesop, Fab. 300 H./30 P. and H-H.; Hierocles 27, 484; IG XII/5, 445, 12 [III B.C.] ἕνα τινὰ αὐτῶν; Ael. Aristid. 29, 14 K.=40 p. 755D.: εἷς τις τ. χορευτῶν) εἷς τις τῶν παρεστηκότων a certain one of the bystanders vs. 47 (on the v.l. without τις s. PDickerson, JBL 116, ’97, 302); also εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν (Jos., Vi. 290) Lk 22:50; J 11:49.④ marker of someth. that is first, the firstⓐ perh. Hebraistic (cp. Num 1:1 ἐν μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς τ. δευτέρου; 2 Esdr 10:17; Esth 1:1a; Jos., Ant. 1, 29.—But s. also Lydus, Mens. 3, 4 W. τὴν κεφαλὴν τ. χρόνου οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι οὐχὶ πρώτην ἀλλὰ μίαν ὠνόμασαν; Callim., Fgm. 550 P. [482 Schneider] πρὸ μιῆς ὥρης=before the first hour of the day) is its use w. expressions denoting time instead of the ordinal number εἰς μίαν σαββάτων on the first day of the week Mt 28:1; cp. Lk 24:1; Mk 16:2; J 20:1, 19; Ac 20:7; also κατὰ μίαν σαββάτου 1 Cor 16:2 (cp. Just., D. 41, 4 τῇ μίᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἡμέρᾳ; 27, 5 [here w. πρό and μετά resp., in accordance with Latin usage]).ⓑ not Semitic (Hdt. 4, 161 μία, ἄλλη, τρίτη; Ael. Aristid. 36, 40 K.=48 p. 453 D.: ἕν, δεύτερον, τρίτον, τέταρτον; JosAs 2:17) εἷς καὶ δεύτερος a first and second Tit 3:10 (cp. Alciphron, Ep. 1, 9, 2; Galen XII 746 K.: ὕδωρ ὄμβριον ἔγχριε μέχρι μιᾶς καὶ δευτέρας ἡμέρας; Maximus Tyr. 28, 2h μίαδευτέρα; EpArist 143; Jos., Ant. 11, 150; 16, 350 πεσόντος ἑνός καὶ δευτέρου). S. also ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ μία Rv 9:12.—ἓν τριάκοντα Mk 4:8, 20 is prob. to be considered an Aramaism thirtyfold (B-D-F §248, 3; EKautzsch, Gramm. d. bibl. Aram. 1884 §66, 2; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f).⑤ special combinations:ⓐ εἷς … εἷς (Hom. et al. εἷς μὲν … εἷς δέ: X., Cyr. 1, 2, 4; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 20, 1393a; pap in Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 50, 11 and 13 [III B.C.] ἓν μὲν … ἓν δέ; II/2, 372 V, 14 [II A.D.] ὁ εἷς … ὁ εἷς; POxy 1153, 14 [I A.D.] ἓν μὲν … καὶ ἕν; 2 Km 12:1; Sir 34:23f εἷς … καὶ εἷς; Esth 10:3g δύο, ἕνα τῷ λαῷ … καὶ ἕνα τ. ἔθνεσιν; TestJob 51:3 μιᾶς ὑποσειμιούσης τῇ μιᾷ) (the) one … the other Mt 20:21; 24:40f; 27:38; J 20:12; Gal 4:22; B 7:6f. εἷς τὸν ἕνα one another (=ἀλλήλους) 1 Th 5:11 (cp. Theocr. 22, 65 εἷς ἑνί; TestJob 27:3 εἷς τόν ἕνα κατέρραξαν ‘threw each other to the ground’).ⓑ εἷς … εἷς … εἷς one … another … a third Mt 17:4 (cp. 1 Km 10:3; 13:17, 18).ⓒ εἷς ἕκαστος every single, strengthening ἕκαστος, adj. Eph 4:16. Mostly subst.; s. ἕκαστος b.ⓓ ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἕτερος the one … the other (Aristot., De Rep. Ath. 37, 1; Hyperid. 5, 14f; UPZ 161, 39; 43; 46 [119 B.C.]; PGen 48, 6ff μίαν μὲν … τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν; BGU 194, 15f; Esth 5:1a; TestAbr A 11 p. 88, 29 [Stone p. 24]; Just. D. 49, 2 al.) Mt 6:24; Lk 7:41; 16:13; 17:34f; 18:10 al.; also ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος Rv 17:10.ⓔ distrib. (1 Ch 24:6 εἷς εἷς; AscIs 3:27 εἷς καὶ εἷς καὶ εἷς ἐν τόποις καὶ τόποις) καθʼ ἕνα, καθʼ ἕν (Hdt., Pla. et al.; 1 Esdr 1:31; 4 Macc 15:12, 14; Jos., Bell. 4, 240, Ant. 12, 191; Ath. 25, 3 καθʼ ἕνα καὶ κατὰ ἔθνη) ITr 12:2; καθʼ ἕνα πάντες all, one by one 1 Cor 14:31 (cp. Ps.-Xenophon, Cyn. 6, 14). ὑμεῖς οἱ καθʼ ἕνα ἕκαστος each one of you Eph 5:33. καθʼ ἕν one after the other (hence τὸ καθʼ ἕν ‘a detailed list’: PLille 11, 8 [III B.C.]; PTebt 47, 34; 332, 16) J 21:25. Also καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 22, Ages. 7, 1; EpArist 143) Ac 21:19. ἓν καθʼ ἕν (Aesop, Fab. 274 P.; PLeid II, X 1, 22) each one Rv 4:8. In this pass. the second ἕν could be an undeclined nom. as in εἷς κατὰ εἷς (cp. Lucian, Sol. 9; 3 Macc 5:34. Other exx. in W-S. §26, 9; 11 and Wetstein I 627) one after the other Mk 14:19; J 8:9. τὸ καθʼ εἷς opp. οἱ πολλοί individually Ro 12:5; but κατὰ ἕνα = ἕκαστον Hs 9, 3, 5; 9, 6, 3 (B-D-F §305). ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος each one Rv 21:21.ⓕ ἀπὸ μιᾶς s. ἀπό 6 (as idiom w. noun to be supplied Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 46, 15 [338 A.D.] μίαν ἐκ μιᾶς, i.e. ἡμέραν=day after day).—B. 937; 1007f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
91 ἕτερος
ἕτερος, α, ον (Hom.+; in the NT it is entirely lacking in 1 and 2 Pt; 1, 2, and 3J; Rv; found in Mk only in the bracketed ending 16:12; in J only 19:37) as adj. and subst., gener. ‘other’① pert. to being distinct from some other item implied or mentioned, otherⓐ other of two, contrasting a definite person or thing w. another (Appian, Hann. 43 §185 Ἄννων ἕτερος=the other of the two Hannos; of an eye ApcEsdr 4:29; Ath. 17, 4; cp. θάτερος Just., D. 1, 2 al.; Tat. 8, 1 al.) ἐν τῷ ἑτέρῳ πλοίῳ in the other boat Lk 5:7; cp. 23:40. ὁ ἕ. in contrast to ὁ πρῶτος (X., An. 3, 4, 25) Mt 21:30; ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἕ. (s. εἷς 5d) 6:24; Lk 7:41; 16:13; 17:34 f; 18:10; Ac 23:6; 1 Cor 4:6. ἕ. βασιλεύς another king (of two mentioned) Lk 14:31. The usage Hv 3, 8, 4 is colloq., for seven women are referred to; the narrator describes the first two, but anticipates Hermas’ interrupting inquiry about the identity of the other five and therefore treats the first two as a complete series.—1 Cl 38:2.ⓑ of more than twoα. another ἕ. τῶν μαθητῶν Mt 8:21; cp. Gal 1:19. ἕ. προσδοκῶμεν; are we to look for someone else? Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19 v.l. ἐν ἑ. σαββάτῳ Lk 6:6. ἑτέρα γραφή another Scripture passage J 19:37; 2 Cl 2:4; cp. Lk 9:56, 59, 61; 16:18 (cp. Job 31:10); Ac 1:20 (Ps 108:8); 7:18 (Ex 1:8); Ro 7:3. ἕτερον παράδοξον a further wonder Papias (2:9). ἕ. τις someone else, any other Ac 8:34; Ro 8:39; 13:9 (cp. Cicero, Tusc. 4, 7, 16); 1 Ti 1:10; ἤ τις ἕ. Papias (2:4) (cp. οὐδεὶς ἕ. En 24:4; Just., D. 49, 3).β. likew. in the pl. ἕτεροι other(s) Ac 2:13 (ἕτεροι δέ joins the opinion of other people to an opinion previously expressed, as schol. on Pind., P. 9, 183), 40; Lk 10:1. ἕτεραι γενεαί other generations (cp. Ps 47:14; 77:4, 6 al.) Eph 3:5. ἑτέρους διδάσκειν (Da 11:4) 2 Ti 2:2. At the end of lists ἕτεροι πολλοί (cp. Demosth. 18, 208 and 219; 19, 297; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 62 §260) Mt 15:30; Ac 15:35; ἕ. πολλαί Lk 8:3; ἕ. πολλά (TestSol 8:9; Jos., Vi. 39; 261) 22:65. πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα 3:18. περὶ ἑτέρων Ac 19:39 v.l. τινὲς ἕ. (Jos., Vi. 15; Ar. 10, 7 ἕτέρων τινῶν) Ac 27:1. ἑπτὰ ἕ. πνεύματα an evil spirit takes seven other evil spirits with it Mt 12:45; Lk 11:26 (cp. TestSol 15:1 ἑτέρας δύο κεφαλάς; TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 24 [Stone p. 76] τῶν ἑτέρων δύο στεφανῶν). Differently, to indicate a difference in kind, καὶ ἕ. (ἑταῖροι P75; s. s.v. ἑταῖρος) κακοῦργοι δύο also two others, who were criminals 23:32 (cp. TestJud 9:6; PTebt 41, 9 [c. 119 B.C.] τινῶν ἡμῶν [men] καὶ ἑτέρων γυναικῶν; Dio Chrys. 30 [47], 24 ἑτέραν γυναῖκα Σεμίρ.=and in addition, a woman, Semiramis). οἱ ἕ. the others, the rest Mt 11:16; Lk 4:43.γ. used interchangeably w. ἄλλος, which is felt to be its equivalent (Ps.-Pla., Alcib. I 116e; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 141; Dio Chrys. 57 [74], 22; Arrian, Anab. 5, 21, 2; 3; Herm. Wr. 11, 12a; CPR I, 103, 21 ἀπό τε ἄλλων πρασέων ἢ ἑτέρων οἰκονομιῶν; 3, 19; 6, 17. Cp. also POxy 276, 11 σὺν ἄλλοις σιτολόγοις w. PGen 36, 10 σὺν ἑτέροις ἱερεῦσι; POslo 111, 246 μηδένα ἄλλον with ln. 292 μηδένα ἕτερον; and Mt 10:23 with v.l.; Mlt-Turner 197f): εἰς ἕ. εὐαγγέλιον ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο to another gospel, which is no (other) gospel at all Gal 1:6f (ἄλλος 2b). For another view cp. 2 below. ἄλλον Ἰησοῦν … πνεῦμα ἕ. … εὐαγγέλιον ἕ. 2 Cor 11:4. S. also δ.δ. In lists (Ath. 4, 1 ἕ. μὲν … ἄλλο δἐ; 26, 2 ἄλλους μὲν … ἐφʼ ἑτέρων δέ) ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἕτερον … καὶ ἕ. … καὶ ἕ. some … some etc. Lk 8:(5), 6, 7, 8. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ἄλλος δὲ … ἕτερος … ἄλλος δὲ … ἄλλος δὲ … ἕτερος … 1 Cor 12:(8), 9, 10; τὶς … ἕ. 3:4; τὶς … ἕ. … ἄλλος τις Lk 22:(56), 58, (59). πρῶτος … ἕ. 16:(5), 7; πρῶτος … και ἕ. 14:(18), 19f. ὁ πρῶτος … ὁ δεύτερος … ὁ ἕ. the first … the second … the third 19:(16, 18), 20; δοῦλος … ἕ. δοῦλος … τρίτος 20:(10), 11, (12). Pl. τινὲς … ἕτεροι 11:(15), 16. ἄλλοι … ἕ. (PParis 26, 31 [163/162 B.C.]) Hb 11:(35), 36. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕ. δὲ … Mt 16:14.ε. ὁ ἕτερος one’s neighbor (the contrast here is w. αὐτός: Demosth. 34, 12 ἕ. ἤδη ἦν καὶ οὐχ ὁ αὐτός; cp. Is 34:14) Ro 2:1; 13:8 (WMarxsen, TZ 11, ’55, 230–37; but s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 111 n. 2); 1 Cor 6:1; 10:24, 29; 14:17; Gal 6:4. Without the article διδάσκων ἕτερον σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις; Ro 2:21 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 28, 1 K.=49 p. 491 D.: νουθετεῖν ἑτέρους ἀφέντες ἑαυτούς). Pl. Phil 2:4.ζ. τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ) on the next day (X., Cyr. 4, 6, 10) Ac 20:15; 27:3.—ἐν ἑτέρῳ in another place (in Scripture; cp. Jos., Ant. 14, 114; Just., D. 58, 8 ἐν ἑτέροις etc.) 13:35; Hb 5:6. εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον … ἤ Ac 17:21 (CPR I, 32, 15 οὐδὲν δὲ ἕτερον; Jos., Ant. 8, 104; Tat. 14, 2 οὐδὲν … ἕτερον ἤ).② pert. to being dissimilar in kind or class from all other entities, another, different fr. what precedes, externally or internally (cp. Pla., Symp. 186b ἕτερος καὶ ἀνόμοιος al.; OGI 458, 8 [c. 9 B.C.] ἑτέραν ὄψιν; POxy 939, 18; Wsd 7:5; Jdth 8:20 al.; TestSol 11:3 ἑτέραν πρᾶξιν; Just., D. 6, 1 ἕ. … τι τὸ μετέχον τινὸς ἐκείνου οὗ μετέχει; 55, 1 ἕ. θεὸς παρὰ τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν ὅλων; 119, 3 ἡμεῖς λαὸς ἕ. ἀνεθήλαμεν, καὶ ἐβλαστήσαμεν στάχυες καινοί): ἐν ἑ. μορφῇ in a different form Mk 16:12 (cp. Ath. 26, 3 εἰς ἕ. σχῆμα). εἶδος ἕτερον Lk 9:29 (TestSol 15:3). ἑτέρα … δόξα, ἑτέρα … glory of one kind, … of a different kind 1 Cor 15:40. ἕ. νόμος Ro 7:23. ἑ. γνῶσις B 18:1. ἑ. ὁδός Js 2:25. ἑ. διδαχή Hs 8, 6, 5 (v.l. ξένος). On ἕ. in this sense in Gal 1:6 s. M-M. s.v. Also in the sense strange ἐν χείλεσιν ἑτέρων through the lips of strangers 1 Cor 14:21 (cp. Is 28:11). λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις Ac 2:4 may mean either speak with different (even other than their own) tongues or speak in foreign languages (cp. Is 28:11; Sir prol. ln. 22; 1QH 4, 16). S. γλῶσσα 3.—JKElliott, ZNW 60, ’69, 140f.—Schmidt, Syn. IV 559–69. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
92 ἐκ
ἐκ, ἐξ (ἐξ before vowels: following its noun O. 7.91, O. 13.29, P. 2.19, O. 8.59 coni.: repeated P. 4.161, O. 9.68, Θρ. 3. 3 cod.; combined with1ἀπό P. 4.174
, cf. O. 6.101, N. 5.7; separated from its noun by a verb P. 4.121) prep. c. gen.1 froma with verb of movement.βασιλεὺς δ' ἐπεὶ πετραέσσας ἐλαύνων ἵκετ ἐκ Πυθῶνος O. 6.48
Λικύμνιον ἐλθόντ' ἐκ θαλάμων Μιδέας O. 7.29
βλάστε μὲν ἐξ ἁλὸς ὑγρᾶς νᾶσος O. 7.69
ἀφίκοντο δέ οἱ ξένοι ἔκ τ' Ἄργεος ἔκ τε Θηβᾶν O. 9.68
στεφάνων ἐγκώμιον τεθμόν, τὸν ἄγει πεδίων ἐκ Πίσας O. 13.29
ἐκ Λυκίας δὲ Γλαῦκον ἐλθόντα O. 13.60
τᾶς ἐρεύγονται μὲν ἀπλάτου πυρὸς ἁγνόταται ἐκ μυχῶν παγαί P. 1.22
“ ἐξ ὠκεανοῦ φέρομεν ἐννάλιον δόρυ” P. 4.26 “ κατακλυσθεῖσαν ἐκ δούρατος” (sc. βώλακα) P. 4.38 “ βέλος ἐξ ἀνικάτου φαρέτρας ὀρνύμενον” P. 4.91 ἐκ δὲ Μεσσάνας Ἀμυ- θάν (sc. ἦλθε) P. 4.126ἦλθον ἔκ τε Πύλου καὶ ἀπ' ἄκρας Ταινάρου P. 4.174
ἦλθες ἐξ ἀγλαῶν ἀέθλων P. 5.52
ἦλθέ τοι Νεμέας ἐξ ἐρατῶν ἀέθλων παῖς N. 6.12
φιάλαισι ἅς ποθ' ἵπποι πέμψαν ἐκ τᾶς ἱερᾶς Σικυῶνος N. 9.53
ἐκ δὲ Πελλάνας (sc. ἀπέβαν) N. 10.44 ἢ ὅτε καρτερᾶς Ἄδραστον ἐξ ἀλαλᾶς ἄμπεμψας; I. 7.10 ]ἄπεπλος ἐκ λεχέων νεοτόκων [ ]νόρουσε Pae. 20.14
]βαμεν ἐξ Ὀλύμπου Pae. 22.6
προβάτων γὰρ ἐκ πάντων κελάρυξεν θηλᾶν γάλα fr. *104b. 1.* ποι]κίλω[ν ἐ]κ λεχέω[ν ἀπέ]διλ[ος (supp. Lobel)fr. 169. 36.b esp. (release, free, take, separate) from. τίνα βάλλομεν ἐκ μαλθακᾶς αὖτε φρενὸς εὐκλέας ὀιστοὺς ἱέντες; O. 2.90παῖδα ἔλυσεν ἐξ ἀτιμίας O. 4.20
ἀγαθαὶ δὲ πέλοντ' ἐν χειμερίᾳ νυκτὶ θοᾶς ἐκ ναὸς ἀπεσκίμφθαι δὔ ἄγκυραι O. 6.101
ἄνδρ' ἐκ θανάτου κομίσαι P. 3.56
παῖδ' ἐκ νεκροῦ ἅρπασε P. 3.43
ἐκ προτέρων μεταμειψάμενοι καμάτων P. 3.96
“ ἐκ πόντου σαώθη ἔκ τε ματρυιᾶς ἀθέων βελέων” P. 4.161—2.Κυράνας· τὰν ὁ χαιτάεις ἀνεμοσφαράγων ἐκ Παλίου κόλπων ποτὲ Λατοίδας ἅρπασ P. 9.5
“ ἐκ λεχέων κεῖραι μελιαδέα ποίαν;” P. 9.37τὸν δὴ ἐκ δόλου τροφὸς ἄνελε δυσπενθέος P. 11.18
ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ἐκ τούτων φίλον ἄνδρα πόνων ἐρρύσατο P. 12.18
βίαια πάντ' ἐκ ποδὸς ἐρύσαις N. 7.67
ἀλλὰ βροτῶν τὸν μὲν κενεόφρονες αὖχαι ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔβαλον N. 11.30
( ἄρουρα)ἐξ ἀμετρήτας ἁλὸς ἐν κρυοέσσᾳ δέξατο συντυχίᾳ I. 1.37
ἐκ λεχέων ἀνάγει φάμαν παλαιὰν εὐκλέων ἔργων I. 4.22
ἐκ μεγάλων δὲ πενθέων λυθέντες I. 8.6
ἐκ πυ[ρ ἁρπά]ξαισα[ (supp. Lobel) Θρ. 4. 2.c (arising, coming) from, in various senses.I from (persons).μῶμος ἐξ ἄλλων κρέμαται φθονεόντων τοῖς O. 6.74
εἰ δ' ἐγὼ Μελησία ἐξ ἀγενείων κῦδος ἀνέδραμον ὕμνῳ O. 8.54
τὸ δ' ἐκ Διὸς ἀνθρώποις σαφὲς οὐχ ἕπεται τέκμαρ i. e. as for what comes from Zeus N. 11.43 τὸ γάρ ἐστι μόνον ἐκ θεῶν sc. the soul fr. 131b. 3. esp. born of, descended fromτὸ μὲν γὰρ πατρόθεν ἐκ Διὸς εὔχονται O. 7.23
ἀλλ' ὥτε παῖς ἐξ ἀλόχου πατρὶ ποθεινὸς O. 10.86
σάφα δαεὶς ἅ τε οἱ πατέρων ὀρθαὶ φρένες ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔχρεον O. 7.91
βασιλεύς, ἐξ ὠκεανοῦ γένος ἥρως δεύτερος P. 9.14
πατρὸς δ' ἀμφοτέραις ἐξ ἑνὸς ἀριστομάχου γένος Ἡρακλέος βασιλεύει P. 10.2
ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ζηνὸς ἥρωας αἰχματὰς φυτευθέντας καὶ ἀπὸ χρυσεᾶν Νηρηίδων Αἰακίδας ἐγέραιρεν N. 5.7
ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ πνέομεν ματρὸς ἀμφότεροι N. 6.1
συμβαλεῖν μὰν εὐμαρὲς ἦν τό τε Πεισάνδρου πάλαι αἶμ' ἀπὸ Σπάρτας καὶ παῤ Ἰσμηνοῦ ῥοᾶν κεκραμένον ἐκ Μελανίπποιο μάτρωος N. 11.37
“ λίσσομαι παῖδα θρασὺν ἐξ Ἐριβοίας ἀνδρὶ τῷδε τελέσαι” I. 6.45 φιλόμαχον γένος ἐκ Περσέος fr. 164.II from (things), (won) from, ἐρέω ταύταν χάριν, τὰν δ' ἔπειτ ἀνδρῶν μάχας ἐκ παγκρατίου (Schr.: μάχαν codd.) O. 8.59ἐξ ἱερῶν ἀέθλων μέλλοντα ποθεινοτάταν δόξαν φέρειν O. 8.64
Ὀλυμπίᾳ στεφανωσάμενος καὶ δὶς ἐκ Πυθῶνος O. 12.18
κέρδος δὲ φίλτατον, ἑκόντος εἴ τις ἐκ δόμων φέροι P. 8.14
τέσσαρας ἐξ ἀέθλων νίκας ἐκόμιξαν N. 2.19
ἐπεὶ στεφάνους ἓξ ὤπασεν Κάδμου στρατῷ ἐξ ἀέθλων I. 1.11
ὁ γὰρ ἐξ οἴκου ποτὶ μῶμον ἔπαινος κίρναται *fr. 181*. (developing) from, out of,ἐξ ὀνείρου δαὐτίκα ἦν ὕπαρ O. 13.66
πολλὰν δ' ὄρει πῦρ ἐξ ἑνὸς σπέρματος ἐνθορὸν ἀίστωσεν ὕλαν P. 3.36
“φαμὶ γὰρ τᾶσδ' ἐξ ἁλιπλάκτου ποτὲ γᾶς Ἐπάφοιο κόραν ἀστέων ῥίζαν φυτεύσεσθαι” P. 4.14ἐκ δ' ἄῤ αὐτοῦ πομφόλυξαν δάκρυα γηραλέων γλεφάρων P. 4.121
“ μή τι νεώτερον ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀναστάῃ κακόν” P. 4.155εἰρεσία δ' ὑπεχώρησεν ταχειᾶν ἐκ παλαμᾶν ἄκορος P. 4.202
ἀοιδοὶ ἄρχονται Διὸς ἐκ προοιμίου N. 2.3
( ἄρουραι)βίον ἀνδράσιν ἐπηετανὸν ἐκ πεδίων ἔδοσαν N. 6.10
]ἐκ φρεν[ὸς (supp. Snell) Πα. 7A. 5. ἐξ ἀδάμαντος ἢ σιδάρου κεχάλκευται μέλαιναν καρδίαν fr. 123. 4. ἔντι [δὲ καὶ] θάλλοντος ἐκ κισσοῦ στεφάνων Διο[νύσου (sc. ἀοιδαί: supp. Wil., Schneidewin: ἐκ etiam ante Διο- habet cod.: del. Wil.) Θρ. 3. 3. = fr. 128 Schr. ψυχὰς ἐκ τᾶν βασιλῆες ἀγαυοὶ αὔξοντ fr. 133. 3.III of place of originἀνδρὸς ἀμφὶ παλαίσμασιν φόρμιγγ' ἐλελίζων κλεινᾶς ἐξ Ὀπόεντος O. 9.14
δέξαι στεφάνωμα τόδ' ἐκ Πυθῶνος εὐδόξῳ Μίδᾳ P. 12.5
κατένευσέν τέ οἱ ὀρσινεφὴς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Ζεὺς N. 5.34
IV of source of sounds,τῷ μὲν ὁ χρυσοκόμας εὐώδεος ἐξ ἀδύτου ναῶν πλόον εἶπε O. 7.32
ὦρσεν ( Ἀχιλλεὺς)πυρὶ καιόμενος ἐκ Δαναῶν γόον P. 3.103
ἐκ νεφέων δέ οἱ ἀντάυσε βροντᾶς αἴσιον φθέγμα P. 4.197
αὐτίκα δ' ἐκ μεγάρων Χίρωνα προσήνεπε φωνᾷ P. 9.29
ὄφρα τὸν Εὐρυάλας ἐκ καρπαλιμᾶν γενύων χριμφθέντα σὺν ἔντεσι μιμήσαιτ' ἐρικλάγκταν γόον P. 12.20
αἴνιγμα παρθένοἰ ἐξ ἀγριᾶν γνάθων fr. 177d.d ἐξ ἀργυρέων κεράτων πινόντες fr. 166. 4.2 of time.a after, from (the time of)χώραν Δωριεῖ λαῷ ταμιευομέναν ἐξ Αἰακοῦ O. 8.30
Λοκρὶς παρθένος πολεμίων καμάτων ἐξ ἀμαχάνων διὰ τεὰν δύναμιν δρακεῖσ' ἀσφαλές P. 2.19
ἀλλὰ νῦν μοι Γαιάοχος εὐδίαν ὄπασσεν ἐκ χειμῶνος I. 7.39
θεῷ δὲ δυνατὸν μελαίνας ἐκ νυκτὸς ἀμίαντον ὄρσαι φάος fr. 108b. 2. cf. O. 13.66 esp. ἐξ ἀρχᾶς, from the beginningἐθελήσω τοῖσιν ἐξ ἀρχᾶς ἀπὸ Τλαπολέμου ξυνὸν ἀγγέλλων διορθῶσαι λόγον O. 7.20
ἀλλ' ἐν ἕκτᾳ πάντα λόγον θέμενος σπουδαῖον ἐξ ἀρχᾶς ἀνὴρ συγγενέσιν παρεκοινᾶθ P. 4.132
ἢ γαῖαν κατακλύσαισα θήσεις ἀνδρῶν νέον ἐξ ἀρχᾶς γένος; Pae. 9.20
b ἐξ οὗa from the time whenἐξ οὗπερ ἔκτεινε Λᾷον μόριμος υἱὸς O. 2.38
II and ever since, and from then onἐξ οὗ πολύκλειτον καθ' Ἕλλανας γένος Ἰαμιδᾶν O. 6.71
ἐξ οὗ παραγορεῖτο μή ποτε σφετέρας ἄτερθε ταξιοῦσθαι δαμασιμβρότου αἰχμᾶς O. 9.76
3 of agency, in various senses.I byθέσφατον ἦν Πελίαν ἐξ ἀγαυῶν Αἰολιδᾶν θανέμεν P. 4.72
II of gods, by the will, gift, agency ofἐκ θεοῦ δ' ἀνὴρ σοφαῖς ἀνθεῖ πραπίδεσσιν ὁμοίως O. 11.10
ἐκ θεῶν γὰρ μαχαναὶ πᾶσαι βροτέαις ἀρεταῖς P. 1.41
μὴ φθονεραῖς ἐκ θεῶν μετατροπίαις ἐπικύρσαιεν P. 10.20
Ζεῦ, μεγάλαι δ' ἀρεταὶ θνατοῖς ἕπονται ἐκ σέθεν I. 3.5
b of things.I byΝεστόρειον γὰρ ἵππος ἅρμἐπέδα Πάριος ἐκ βελέων δαιχθείς P. 6.33
II as a result of; from, by reason ofΝέστορα ἐξ ἐπέων κελαδεννῶν γινώσκομεν P. 3.113
ὁ δὲ καλόν τι νέον λαχὼν ἁβρότατος ἔπι μεγάλας ἐξ ἐλπίδος πέταται ὑποπτέροις ἀνορέαις P. 8.90
τᾷ Δαιδάλου δὲ μαχαίρᾳ φύτευέ οἱ θάνατον ἐκ λόχου Πελίαο παῖς N. 4.60
ἐκ πόνων δ, οἳ σὺν νεότατι γένωνται σύν τε δίκᾳ, τελέθει πρὸς γῆρας αἰὼν ἡμέρα N. 9.44
4 from, of expressing distinction from a group “ μόνος γὰρ ἐκ Δαναῶν στρατοῦ θανόντος ὀστέα λέξαις υἱοῦ” P. 8.52 esp. beyond, aboveκεῖναι γὰρ ἐξ ἀλλᾶν ὁδὸν ἁγεμονεῦσαι ταύταν ἐπίστανται O. 6.25
τῷ μὲν κῦδος ἐξ ἀμφικτιόνων ἔπορεν ἱπποδρομίας P. 4.66
ἐκ δὲ περικτιόνων ἑκκαίδεκ' Ἀρισταγόραν ἀγλααὶ νῖκαι ἐστεφάνωσαν N. 11.19
5a in tmesis. ἐκ δ' ἐγένοντο (v. ἑκγίνομαι) P. 2.46 ἐκ δὲ τελευτάσει (v. ἐκτελευτάω) P. 12.29 ἐκ δ' ἄῤ ἄτλατον δέος πλᾶξε (v. ἐκπλάσσω) N. 1.49c fragg. ]πρὶν Στυγὸς ὅρκιον ἐξ εὔ[ Pae. 6.155
]ν ὕμνων σέλας ἐξ ἀκαμαν[το Pae. 18.5
-
93 ἐξ
ἐκ, ἐξ (ἐξ before vowels: following its noun O. 7.91, O. 13.29, P. 2.19, O. 8.59 coni.: repeated P. 4.161, O. 9.68, Θρ. 3. 3 cod.; combined with1ἀπό P. 4.174
, cf. O. 6.101, N. 5.7; separated from its noun by a verb P. 4.121) prep. c. gen.1 froma with verb of movement.βασιλεὺς δ' ἐπεὶ πετραέσσας ἐλαύνων ἵκετ ἐκ Πυθῶνος O. 6.48
Λικύμνιον ἐλθόντ' ἐκ θαλάμων Μιδέας O. 7.29
βλάστε μὲν ἐξ ἁλὸς ὑγρᾶς νᾶσος O. 7.69
ἀφίκοντο δέ οἱ ξένοι ἔκ τ' Ἄργεος ἔκ τε Θηβᾶν O. 9.68
στεφάνων ἐγκώμιον τεθμόν, τὸν ἄγει πεδίων ἐκ Πίσας O. 13.29
ἐκ Λυκίας δὲ Γλαῦκον ἐλθόντα O. 13.60
τᾶς ἐρεύγονται μὲν ἀπλάτου πυρὸς ἁγνόταται ἐκ μυχῶν παγαί P. 1.22
“ ἐξ ὠκεανοῦ φέρομεν ἐννάλιον δόρυ” P. 4.26 “ κατακλυσθεῖσαν ἐκ δούρατος” (sc. βώλακα) P. 4.38 “ βέλος ἐξ ἀνικάτου φαρέτρας ὀρνύμενον” P. 4.91 ἐκ δὲ Μεσσάνας Ἀμυ- θάν (sc. ἦλθε) P. 4.126ἦλθον ἔκ τε Πύλου καὶ ἀπ' ἄκρας Ταινάρου P. 4.174
ἦλθες ἐξ ἀγλαῶν ἀέθλων P. 5.52
ἦλθέ τοι Νεμέας ἐξ ἐρατῶν ἀέθλων παῖς N. 6.12
φιάλαισι ἅς ποθ' ἵπποι πέμψαν ἐκ τᾶς ἱερᾶς Σικυῶνος N. 9.53
ἐκ δὲ Πελλάνας (sc. ἀπέβαν) N. 10.44 ἢ ὅτε καρτερᾶς Ἄδραστον ἐξ ἀλαλᾶς ἄμπεμψας; I. 7.10 ]ἄπεπλος ἐκ λεχέων νεοτόκων [ ]νόρουσε Pae. 20.14
]βαμεν ἐξ Ὀλύμπου Pae. 22.6
προβάτων γὰρ ἐκ πάντων κελάρυξεν θηλᾶν γάλα fr. *104b. 1.* ποι]κίλω[ν ἐ]κ λεχέω[ν ἀπέ]διλ[ος (supp. Lobel)fr. 169. 36.b esp. (release, free, take, separate) from. τίνα βάλλομεν ἐκ μαλθακᾶς αὖτε φρενὸς εὐκλέας ὀιστοὺς ἱέντες; O. 2.90παῖδα ἔλυσεν ἐξ ἀτιμίας O. 4.20
ἀγαθαὶ δὲ πέλοντ' ἐν χειμερίᾳ νυκτὶ θοᾶς ἐκ ναὸς ἀπεσκίμφθαι δὔ ἄγκυραι O. 6.101
ἄνδρ' ἐκ θανάτου κομίσαι P. 3.56
παῖδ' ἐκ νεκροῦ ἅρπασε P. 3.43
ἐκ προτέρων μεταμειψάμενοι καμάτων P. 3.96
“ ἐκ πόντου σαώθη ἔκ τε ματρυιᾶς ἀθέων βελέων” P. 4.161—2.Κυράνας· τὰν ὁ χαιτάεις ἀνεμοσφαράγων ἐκ Παλίου κόλπων ποτὲ Λατοίδας ἅρπασ P. 9.5
“ ἐκ λεχέων κεῖραι μελιαδέα ποίαν;” P. 9.37τὸν δὴ ἐκ δόλου τροφὸς ἄνελε δυσπενθέος P. 11.18
ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ἐκ τούτων φίλον ἄνδρα πόνων ἐρρύσατο P. 12.18
βίαια πάντ' ἐκ ποδὸς ἐρύσαις N. 7.67
ἀλλὰ βροτῶν τὸν μὲν κενεόφρονες αὖχαι ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔβαλον N. 11.30
( ἄρουρα)ἐξ ἀμετρήτας ἁλὸς ἐν κρυοέσσᾳ δέξατο συντυχίᾳ I. 1.37
ἐκ λεχέων ἀνάγει φάμαν παλαιὰν εὐκλέων ἔργων I. 4.22
ἐκ μεγάλων δὲ πενθέων λυθέντες I. 8.6
ἐκ πυ[ρ ἁρπά]ξαισα[ (supp. Lobel) Θρ. 4. 2.c (arising, coming) from, in various senses.I from (persons).μῶμος ἐξ ἄλλων κρέμαται φθονεόντων τοῖς O. 6.74
εἰ δ' ἐγὼ Μελησία ἐξ ἀγενείων κῦδος ἀνέδραμον ὕμνῳ O. 8.54
τὸ δ' ἐκ Διὸς ἀνθρώποις σαφὲς οὐχ ἕπεται τέκμαρ i. e. as for what comes from Zeus N. 11.43 τὸ γάρ ἐστι μόνον ἐκ θεῶν sc. the soul fr. 131b. 3. esp. born of, descended fromτὸ μὲν γὰρ πατρόθεν ἐκ Διὸς εὔχονται O. 7.23
ἀλλ' ὥτε παῖς ἐξ ἀλόχου πατρὶ ποθεινὸς O. 10.86
σάφα δαεὶς ἅ τε οἱ πατέρων ὀρθαὶ φρένες ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔχρεον O. 7.91
βασιλεύς, ἐξ ὠκεανοῦ γένος ἥρως δεύτερος P. 9.14
πατρὸς δ' ἀμφοτέραις ἐξ ἑνὸς ἀριστομάχου γένος Ἡρακλέος βασιλεύει P. 10.2
ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ζηνὸς ἥρωας αἰχματὰς φυτευθέντας καὶ ἀπὸ χρυσεᾶν Νηρηίδων Αἰακίδας ἐγέραιρεν N. 5.7
ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ πνέομεν ματρὸς ἀμφότεροι N. 6.1
συμβαλεῖν μὰν εὐμαρὲς ἦν τό τε Πεισάνδρου πάλαι αἶμ' ἀπὸ Σπάρτας καὶ παῤ Ἰσμηνοῦ ῥοᾶν κεκραμένον ἐκ Μελανίπποιο μάτρωος N. 11.37
“ λίσσομαι παῖδα θρασὺν ἐξ Ἐριβοίας ἀνδρὶ τῷδε τελέσαι” I. 6.45 φιλόμαχον γένος ἐκ Περσέος fr. 164.II from (things), (won) from, ἐρέω ταύταν χάριν, τὰν δ' ἔπειτ ἀνδρῶν μάχας ἐκ παγκρατίου (Schr.: μάχαν codd.) O. 8.59ἐξ ἱερῶν ἀέθλων μέλλοντα ποθεινοτάταν δόξαν φέρειν O. 8.64
Ὀλυμπίᾳ στεφανωσάμενος καὶ δὶς ἐκ Πυθῶνος O. 12.18
κέρδος δὲ φίλτατον, ἑκόντος εἴ τις ἐκ δόμων φέροι P. 8.14
τέσσαρας ἐξ ἀέθλων νίκας ἐκόμιξαν N. 2.19
ἐπεὶ στεφάνους ἓξ ὤπασεν Κάδμου στρατῷ ἐξ ἀέθλων I. 1.11
ὁ γὰρ ἐξ οἴκου ποτὶ μῶμον ἔπαινος κίρναται *fr. 181*. (developing) from, out of,ἐξ ὀνείρου δαὐτίκα ἦν ὕπαρ O. 13.66
πολλὰν δ' ὄρει πῦρ ἐξ ἑνὸς σπέρματος ἐνθορὸν ἀίστωσεν ὕλαν P. 3.36
“φαμὶ γὰρ τᾶσδ' ἐξ ἁλιπλάκτου ποτὲ γᾶς Ἐπάφοιο κόραν ἀστέων ῥίζαν φυτεύσεσθαι” P. 4.14ἐκ δ' ἄῤ αὐτοῦ πομφόλυξαν δάκρυα γηραλέων γλεφάρων P. 4.121
“ μή τι νεώτερον ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀναστάῃ κακόν” P. 4.155εἰρεσία δ' ὑπεχώρησεν ταχειᾶν ἐκ παλαμᾶν ἄκορος P. 4.202
ἀοιδοὶ ἄρχονται Διὸς ἐκ προοιμίου N. 2.3
( ἄρουραι)βίον ἀνδράσιν ἐπηετανὸν ἐκ πεδίων ἔδοσαν N. 6.10
]ἐκ φρεν[ὸς (supp. Snell) Πα. 7A. 5. ἐξ ἀδάμαντος ἢ σιδάρου κεχάλκευται μέλαιναν καρδίαν fr. 123. 4. ἔντι [δὲ καὶ] θάλλοντος ἐκ κισσοῦ στεφάνων Διο[νύσου (sc. ἀοιδαί: supp. Wil., Schneidewin: ἐκ etiam ante Διο- habet cod.: del. Wil.) Θρ. 3. 3. = fr. 128 Schr. ψυχὰς ἐκ τᾶν βασιλῆες ἀγαυοὶ αὔξοντ fr. 133. 3.III of place of originἀνδρὸς ἀμφὶ παλαίσμασιν φόρμιγγ' ἐλελίζων κλεινᾶς ἐξ Ὀπόεντος O. 9.14
δέξαι στεφάνωμα τόδ' ἐκ Πυθῶνος εὐδόξῳ Μίδᾳ P. 12.5
κατένευσέν τέ οἱ ὀρσινεφὴς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Ζεὺς N. 5.34
IV of source of sounds,τῷ μὲν ὁ χρυσοκόμας εὐώδεος ἐξ ἀδύτου ναῶν πλόον εἶπε O. 7.32
ὦρσεν ( Ἀχιλλεὺς)πυρὶ καιόμενος ἐκ Δαναῶν γόον P. 3.103
ἐκ νεφέων δέ οἱ ἀντάυσε βροντᾶς αἴσιον φθέγμα P. 4.197
αὐτίκα δ' ἐκ μεγάρων Χίρωνα προσήνεπε φωνᾷ P. 9.29
ὄφρα τὸν Εὐρυάλας ἐκ καρπαλιμᾶν γενύων χριμφθέντα σὺν ἔντεσι μιμήσαιτ' ἐρικλάγκταν γόον P. 12.20
αἴνιγμα παρθένοἰ ἐξ ἀγριᾶν γνάθων fr. 177d.d ἐξ ἀργυρέων κεράτων πινόντες fr. 166. 4.2 of time.a after, from (the time of)χώραν Δωριεῖ λαῷ ταμιευομέναν ἐξ Αἰακοῦ O. 8.30
Λοκρὶς παρθένος πολεμίων καμάτων ἐξ ἀμαχάνων διὰ τεὰν δύναμιν δρακεῖσ' ἀσφαλές P. 2.19
ἀλλὰ νῦν μοι Γαιάοχος εὐδίαν ὄπασσεν ἐκ χειμῶνος I. 7.39
θεῷ δὲ δυνατὸν μελαίνας ἐκ νυκτὸς ἀμίαντον ὄρσαι φάος fr. 108b. 2. cf. O. 13.66 esp. ἐξ ἀρχᾶς, from the beginningἐθελήσω τοῖσιν ἐξ ἀρχᾶς ἀπὸ Τλαπολέμου ξυνὸν ἀγγέλλων διορθῶσαι λόγον O. 7.20
ἀλλ' ἐν ἕκτᾳ πάντα λόγον θέμενος σπουδαῖον ἐξ ἀρχᾶς ἀνὴρ συγγενέσιν παρεκοινᾶθ P. 4.132
ἢ γαῖαν κατακλύσαισα θήσεις ἀνδρῶν νέον ἐξ ἀρχᾶς γένος; Pae. 9.20
b ἐξ οὗa from the time whenἐξ οὗπερ ἔκτεινε Λᾷον μόριμος υἱὸς O. 2.38
II and ever since, and from then onἐξ οὗ πολύκλειτον καθ' Ἕλλανας γένος Ἰαμιδᾶν O. 6.71
ἐξ οὗ παραγορεῖτο μή ποτε σφετέρας ἄτερθε ταξιοῦσθαι δαμασιμβρότου αἰχμᾶς O. 9.76
3 of agency, in various senses.I byθέσφατον ἦν Πελίαν ἐξ ἀγαυῶν Αἰολιδᾶν θανέμεν P. 4.72
II of gods, by the will, gift, agency ofἐκ θεοῦ δ' ἀνὴρ σοφαῖς ἀνθεῖ πραπίδεσσιν ὁμοίως O. 11.10
ἐκ θεῶν γὰρ μαχαναὶ πᾶσαι βροτέαις ἀρεταῖς P. 1.41
μὴ φθονεραῖς ἐκ θεῶν μετατροπίαις ἐπικύρσαιεν P. 10.20
Ζεῦ, μεγάλαι δ' ἀρεταὶ θνατοῖς ἕπονται ἐκ σέθεν I. 3.5
b of things.I byΝεστόρειον γὰρ ἵππος ἅρμἐπέδα Πάριος ἐκ βελέων δαιχθείς P. 6.33
II as a result of; from, by reason ofΝέστορα ἐξ ἐπέων κελαδεννῶν γινώσκομεν P. 3.113
ὁ δὲ καλόν τι νέον λαχὼν ἁβρότατος ἔπι μεγάλας ἐξ ἐλπίδος πέταται ὑποπτέροις ἀνορέαις P. 8.90
τᾷ Δαιδάλου δὲ μαχαίρᾳ φύτευέ οἱ θάνατον ἐκ λόχου Πελίαο παῖς N. 4.60
ἐκ πόνων δ, οἳ σὺν νεότατι γένωνται σύν τε δίκᾳ, τελέθει πρὸς γῆρας αἰὼν ἡμέρα N. 9.44
4 from, of expressing distinction from a group “ μόνος γὰρ ἐκ Δαναῶν στρατοῦ θανόντος ὀστέα λέξαις υἱοῦ” P. 8.52 esp. beyond, aboveκεῖναι γὰρ ἐξ ἀλλᾶν ὁδὸν ἁγεμονεῦσαι ταύταν ἐπίστανται O. 6.25
τῷ μὲν κῦδος ἐξ ἀμφικτιόνων ἔπορεν ἱπποδρομίας P. 4.66
ἐκ δὲ περικτιόνων ἑκκαίδεκ' Ἀρισταγόραν ἀγλααὶ νῖκαι ἐστεφάνωσαν N. 11.19
5a in tmesis. ἐκ δ' ἐγένοντο (v. ἑκγίνομαι) P. 2.46 ἐκ δὲ τελευτάσει (v. ἐκτελευτάω) P. 12.29 ἐκ δ' ἄῤ ἄτλατον δέος πλᾶξε (v. ἐκπλάσσω) N. 1.49c fragg. ]πρὶν Στυγὸς ὅρκιον ἐξ εὔ[ Pae. 6.155
]ν ὕμνων σέλας ἐξ ἀκαμαν[το Pae. 18.5
-
94 οὐδέ
A CONJUNCTION, but not, mostly answering to μέν (sts. written divisim), Il.5.138, 24.418; without μέν, 5.21, etc.: sts. the first οὐδέ, but not, is folld. by οὐδέ, nor,ἄλλοις μὲν πᾶσιν ἑήνδανεν, οὐδέ ποθ' Ἥρῃ, οὐδὲ Ποσειδάων', οὐδὲ γλαυκώπιδι κούρῃ 24.25
.II more freq. and not, nor: sts. without a neg. preceding,Κίρκη δ' ὡς ἐνόησεν ἔμ' ἥμενον, οὐδ' ἐπὶ σίτῳ χεῖρας ἰάλλοντα Od.10.375
; , cf. 102, 259,al.;δεινὸν γάρ, οὐδὲ ῥητόν S.Ph. 756
, cf. 996, OT 398, 868(lyr.), Hdt.1.97, etc.: after a neg. compd.,ὃν ἠτίμησ' Ἀγαμέμνων, οὐδ' ἀπέλυσε θύγατρα Il.1.95
; ;ἄστιπτος οὐδ' οἰκουμένη S.Ph.2
;ἄθικτος οὐδ' οἰκητός Id.OC39
.2 with a neg. preceding, nor,βρώμης δ' οὐχ ἅπτεαι οὐ. ποτῆτος Od.10.379
;οὐκέτισοὶ.. μένος ἔμπεδον οὐ. τις ἀλκή 22.226
;οὐκ ἔχων βάσιν οὐ. τιν' ἐγχώρων S.Ph. 692
(lyr.), cf. 681 (lyr.), 905, 955, X.Oec.20.2, etc.: sts. the preceding neg. is itself οὐδέ, = and not, as in Od.22.222; οὐδέ, = nor may be repeated any number of times, e.g. three times in S.OT 1378.—Sts. the neg. follows the whole word-group instead of preceding it, σιδήρῳ δὲ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν but iron or silver use they not at all, Hdt. 1.215; ;ἁπλοῦν μὲν οὐ. δίκαιον οὐδὲν ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχοι D.22.4
: but οὐδὲ.. οὐδέ never means neither.. nor (like οὔτε.. οὔτε); where this combination occurs, the first οὐδέ is used without reference to the second, e.g. καὶ μὴν οὐδ' ἡ ἐπιτείχισις οὐδὲ τὸ ναυτικὸν ἄξιον φοβηθῆναι and moreover we have no reason to fear their fortifications, nor yet their navy, Th.1.142.III οὐδέ may also follow οὔτε, by an anacoluth., as in τε.., δέ .. (v.οὔτε 11.3
); but οὔτε cannot follow οὐδέ.—Cf.μηδέ A. 2
.B ADVERB, not even, in Hom. mostly with Advbs., οὐδ' ῃβαιόν not even a little, no not a bit, not at all, Il.2.386;οὐ. τυτθόν 1.354
;οὐ. μίνυνθα 20.27
; so also ἐπεὶ οὔ οἱ ἔνι φρένες οὐδ' ἠβαιαί he has no sense, no not even a little, 14.141, cf. Od.21.288;τότε μὲν εὖ ζῶντες, νῦν δὲ οὐ. ζῶντες Pl.R. 329a
: freq. in [dialect] Att., τούτῳ μὲν οὐ. διελέγετο he did not even exchange words with him, Lys.3.31, cf. Ar.Nu. 425;οὐδ', εἰ γέγονεν, οἶδα D.18.70
, etc.: in the same sense,οὐ. γ' Pl.Phd. 97a
, 97b, 106b;οὐ. γ' αὖ Id.R. 499a
;οὐ. μήν X.Cyr.3.3.50
, etc.; [dialect] Ep.οὐ. μέν Il.9.374
, etc.: in [dialect] Att. freq. with εἷς (whence οὐδείς), οὐδ' ἂν εἷς θύσειεν Ar.Pl. 137
: sts. without elision, οὐδὲ εἷς ib. 1182, Herod.1.45;οὐκ ἄλλ' οὐ. ἕν Ar.Pl. 138
, cf. Ra. 927; alsoοὐ. καθ' ἕν Th.2.87
;οὐ. παρ' ἑνός X.Cyr.2.3.10
, etc.—This οὐδέ freq. follows καί, and not even, καὶ οὐδ' αὐτοὶ αὖ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ .. Th.7.56, cf. X.An.3.2.4, etc.; also ἀλλ' οὐδέ, most freq. in phrase ἀλλ' οὐδ' ὧς .. Il.7.263,9.351, etc.II also not, not.. either, nor yet.., ὁ δίκαιος τοῦ δικαίου δοκεῖ τί σοι ἂν ἐθέλειν πλέον ἔχειν; Answ. οὐδαμῶς .. ; Qu. τί δέ; τῆς δικαίας πράξεως; Answ.οὐ. τῆς δικαίας Pl.R. 349b
, cf. Ap. 19d, 21d, X.Mem.3.11.4.I in Relat. as well as antec. clause,ὥσπερ οὐδ' ηὔχετο, οὐδ' ᾤετο Pl.Alc.2.141a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.6.18.II οὐ γὰρ οὐδέ, asἀλλ' οὐ γὰρ οὐ. νουθετεῖν ἔξεστί σε S.El. 595
, cf. Aj. 1242, OT 287, etc.; οὐ. γὰρ οὐ. Il.5.22, 6.130, Od.8.32, Hdt.4.16, etc.; οὐ. μὲν οὐ. Il.2.703, etc.; οὐ μὰν οὐ. 23.441, etc.; cf. οὐ c. -
95 παρά
πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.A beside: hence,A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:I of Place,πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744
;παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225
, etc.;παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197
;πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533
, etc.;δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194
;φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190
, cf. 21.173;σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473
; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.II commonly of Persons,1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc.,ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787
;παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70
, etc.;ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140
.ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13
;ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117
; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; soοἱ π. τινός Th.7.10
, Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.;ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5
, etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.;ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20
;σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2
.2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5;παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3
; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like ,τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290
, 15.158;πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452
;ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76
;εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14
, cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4;ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d
;κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e
: without Verb,ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27
: with Verbs of learning, etc.,μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104
, etc.4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs,πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122
;π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c
, etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26;με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e
.III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near,πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62
, 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.);τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5
; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319;νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408
;ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565
; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346;π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773
;δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97
, cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.;κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972
; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.II of persons, beside,πὰρ δὲ οἷ αὐτῷ εἷσε Θεοκλύμενον Od.15.285
;κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ Il.9.556
, cf. 6.246, etc.;παρ' ἀνδράσιν εὐνάζεσθαι Od.5.119
;δαίνυσθαι π. τινί 8.243
; πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει stood by him, Il.4.367.2 at one's house or place, with one,μένειν π. τισί 9.427
;θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490
;φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627
; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86;παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15
;καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82
(butπαρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136
), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612;τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f
; ;τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f
; also, in one's hands,τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6
;ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130
, etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.3 before, in the presence of,ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154
; before a judge,δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9
;π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160
;π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65
;παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73
;εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13
: hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.III Arc., = π. c. gen., from,καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9
(Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,I beside, near, by,II along,III past, beyond.I beside, near, by:1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to,ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347
, cf. 8.220, etc.;βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34
, cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.;ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51
, etc.;φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d
; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.;ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86
;καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17
.2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases asἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406
, cf. 11.577), , cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.;π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122
;καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28
; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460;ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b
, cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46;παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2
, cf. Pl.Smp. 175c;ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a
, cf. R. 328c;στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c
;τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313
, cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45;τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90
;κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87
;τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140
.ά (v.l. ἐμοί); εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18
, cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3;ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99
, cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.);Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52
;τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3
, cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112; (1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.);τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18
(Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13;πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5
(Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc.,βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480
, etc.;τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146
;τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117
, cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.; , cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with..,ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e
, cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a; ;ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24
.b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1;π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a
; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v.παραβάλλω A.
VII. 2);μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33
; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624;σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24
B.7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority,δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160
, cf. 7.20, 103;ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23
, cf. 4.6;τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41
;π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14
;φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a
, cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.;εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332
([place name] Halae);προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34
(iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves)πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5
.8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.);παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35
; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51;παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11
; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466; ;οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6
; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.);πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643
; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2);ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28
; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26;ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31
; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63;π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b
; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2;π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10
.b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32;ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18
; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101;π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14
([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21;τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26
;ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70
;τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a
.c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).d throughout a period of time,π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46
;π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a
;π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10
; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156
;π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24
; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.II along,ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558
;βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352
;π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21
;ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193
;π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148
; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835;παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3
; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.2 strictly according to, without deviating from,εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945
, cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.III past, beyond,παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145
, cf. Od.3.172, 24.12;βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425
; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.2 metaph., over and above, in addition to,οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698
;π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
, cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16;ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e
.3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29;π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38
.4 metaph., in transgression or violation of,π. μοῖραν Od.14.509
;π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10
; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.;π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90
, etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14;π. φύσιν Th.6.17
, cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69;π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77
, etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.); ; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205;π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37
; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29
), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him),ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4; ;παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
, cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4;δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2
; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5;ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801
([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies,τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2
(cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5;μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29
, cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6
, cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.); , cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224;παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2
, cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.;παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.
; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5;π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2
; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.);π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20
, cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).8 of a limit of possibility,εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239
; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies,τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400
; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.G IN COMPOS.,I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.IV metaph.,2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.) -
96 περί
περί, Thess., Delph. περ IG9(2).517.17 (iii B.C.), al., Schwyzer 323 A4 (v/iv B.C.), also [dialect] Aeol., v. infr. A. V ; Elean παρ ib.413.4: Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.:—A round about, all round (prop. different from ἀμφί, on both sides). (Cogn. with Skt. pári 'round about'.)A WITH GENITIVE,I of Place, sts. in Poets, round about, around,τετάνυστο π. σπείους ἡμερίς Od.5.68
;τείχη π. Δαρδανίας E. Tr. 818
(lyr., s.v.l.);εἴλυμα π. χροός A.R.2.1129
: rarely, like ἀμφί, on both sides, v. περιβαίνω 1 fin.II to denote the object about or for which one does something:1 with Verbs of fighting or contending, π. τινός for an object—from the notion of the thing's lying in the middle to be fought about, π. τῶνδε for these prizes, Il.23.659 ;π. πτόλιος.. μαχήσεται 18.265
; π. Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ib. 195, cf. 17.120;π. σεῖο 3.137
;π. νηὸς ἔχον πόνον 15.416
; ἀμύνεσθαι π. πάτρης, π. νηῶν, π. τέκνων, 12.243, 142, 170, etc.; δόλους καὶ μῆτιν ὕφαινον, ὥς τε π. ψυχῆς since it was for my life, Od.9.423 ;π. ψυχῆς θέον Ἕκτορος Il.22.161
;π. ψυχέων ἐμάχοντο Od.22.245
; in Prose, τρέχειν π. ἑωυτοῦ, π. τῆς ψυχῆς, Hdt.7.57,9.37;ἀγῶνας δραμέονται π. σφέων αὐτῶν Id.8.102
;νεναυμάχηκε τὴν π. τῶν κρεῶν Ar. Ra. 191
; <τὸν> π. τοῦ παντὸς δρόμον θέοντες Hdt.8.74
; κινδυνεύειν π. τινός ibid., etc.;οὐ π. τῶν ἴσων ὁ κίνδυνός ἐστι X.HG7.1.7
; and without a Verb,π. γῆς ὅρων διαφοραί Th.1.122
;π. πάντων ἀγαθῶν ὁ ἀγών X.Cyr. 3.3.44
, cf. S.Aj. 936(lyr.), etc.;μάχη π. τινός Pl.Tht. 179d
;ἐπειγόμενοι π. νίκης Il.23.437
, cf. 639, Hdt.8.26 ;πεῖραν θανάτου π. καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλεσθαι Pi.N.9.29
;π. θανάτου φεύγειν Antipho 5.95
; but ἐρίσσαι π. μύθων contend about speaking, i. e. who can speak best, Il.15.284 ;καὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἐρίζεσκον π. τόξων Od.8.225
, cf. 24.515.2 with words which denote care or anxiety, about, on account of,π. Τρώων.. μερμηρίζειν Il.20.17
;ἄχος π. τινός Od.21.249
;φόνου π. βουλεύειν 16.234
;φροντίζειν π. τινός Hdt.8.36
, etc.;κήδεσθαι π. τ. S.Ph. 621
;δεδιέναι π. τ. Pl.Prt. 320a
, etc.;ἀπολογεῖσθαι π. τ. X.Cyr.2.2.13
; κρίνειν, διαγιγνώσκειν π. τ., Pi.N.5.40, Antipho 5.96; π. τ. ψηφίζεσθαι, διαψηφίζεσθαι, ψῆφον φέρειν, IG12.57.42, X.HG2.3.50, Lycurg.11 ;βουλεύεσθαι π. τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας Isoc.5.69
;π. Μεθωναίων IG12.57.49
; διανοεῖσθαι, σκοπεῖν π. τινός, Pl.Phdr. 270d, Phd. 65e;μαντεύεσθαι π. τ. Hdt.8.36
, cf. S.Tr.77 ; π. πότου γοῦν ἐστί σοι; so with you it is a question of drink? Ar.Eq.87, cf. Plu.2.43b.3 with Verbs of hearing, knowing, speaking, etc., about, concerning,π. νόστου ἄκουσα Od.19.270
;οἶδα γὰρ εὖ π. κείνου 17.563
;π. πομπῆς μνησόμεθα 7.191
;π. πατρὸς ἐρέσθαι 1.135
, 3.77 ; π. τινὸς ἐρέειν, λέγειν, λόγον ποιήσασθαι, etc., Hdt. 1.5, S.OT 707, X.Cyr.1.6.13, etc.;λέγειν καὶ ἀκούειν π. ἑκάστου Th.4.22
, etc.;λόγος π. τινός Pl.Prt. 347b
, etc.;ἡ π. τινὸς φήμη Aeschin.1.48
; π. τινὸς ἀγγεῖλαι, κηρῦξαι, S.El. 1111, Ant. 193 ; π. τινὸς διελθεῖν, διεξελθεῖν, διηγεῖσθαι, Isoc.9.2, Pl.Plt. 274b, Euthphr.6c, etc.;παίζειν π. τινός X.Mem.1.3.8
;ἐμπειροτέρως ἔχειν π. τινός Aeschin.1.82
;νόμον γράψαι π. τινός X.HG2.3.52
, etc.;νόμῳ χρῆσθαι π. τινός S.Ant. 214
.4 of impulse or motive rather than object, ἐμαρνάσθην ἔριδος πέρι fought for very enmity, Il.7.301, cf. 16.476, 20.253.5 about, in regard to,μεμηνυμένος π. τινός Th.6.53
;οὕτως ἔσχε π. τοῦ πρήγματος τούτου Hdt.1.117
;τὰ π. τῶν Πλαταιῶν γεγενημένα Th.2.6
;τὸ π. τούτου γεγονός Plb.1.54.5
: in Prose freq. without a Verb,ἡ π. τῶν Μαντινικῶν πρᾶξις Th.6.88
; τὰ π. τινός the circumstances of.., ib.32, 8.14,26, etc. (cf. infr. C. 1.5); οὕτω δὴ καὶ π. τῶν ἀρετῶν (sc. ἔχει) Pl.Men. 72c, cf. R. 534b, 551c, etc.; π. τοῦ καταλειφθῆναι τὸν σῖτον as for reserving the corn, PMich.Zen.28.5 (iii B.C.): without the Art., ἀριθμοῦ πέρι as to number, Hdt.7.102; χρηστηρίων δὲ πέρι .. Id.2.54.III before, above, beyond, of superiority, chiefly in [dialect] Ep.,π. πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων Il.1.287
;π. δ' ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι 4.375
;τετιμῆσθαι π. πάντων 9.38
;ὃν π. πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης 5.325
;ὃν.. π. πάντων φίλατο παίδων 20.304
;π. πάντων ἴδριες ἀνδρῶν Od.7.108
;κρατερὸς π. πάντων Il.21.566
, cf. 1.417, Od.11.216: in this sense freq. divided from its gen., π. φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων in understanding to be beyond them, Il.17.171, cf. 1.258, Od.1.66 ;π. μὲν εἶδος, π. δ' ἔργα τέτυκτο τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν Il.17.279
;π. μὲν κρατέεις, π. δ' αἴσυλα ῥέζεις ἀνδρῶν 21.214
;π. δ' ἔγχει Ἀχαιῶν φέρτατός ἐσσι 7.289
, cf. Pi.O.6.50, Theoc. 25.119.—In this sense π. is sts. adverbial, and the gen. is absent, v. infr. E. II.IV in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose, to denote value, ἡμῖν π. πολλοῦ ἐστι it is of much consequence, worth much, to us, Hdt.1. 120, cf. Antipho 6.3 ; π. πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τινας to reckon them for, i.e. worth, much, Hdt.1.73, X.Mem.2.3.10, etc.; π. πλείονος, π. πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, Id.An.7.7.44, Cyr.7.5.60 ;π. πλείστου ἡγεῖσθαι Th.2.89
;π. παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.1.4.1
; π. ἐλάττονος ἡγούμενοι, π. οὐδενὸς ἡγήσασθαι, Lys.2.71,31.31.V [dialect] Aeol. περί and περ = ὑπέρ, στροῦθοι περὶ γᾶς.. δίννεντες πτέρα Sapph.1.10; περ κεφάλας prob. in Alc.93, cf. 18 ;περρ ἁπαλῶ στύματός σε πεδέρχομαι Theoc.29.25
; also Hellenistic, ὃ διέγραψε Προῖτος περί μου paid on my behalf, PCair. Zen.790.23 (iii B. C.), cf. UPZ57.12 (ii B. C.).B WITH DATIVE (in [dialect] Att. Prose mostly in signf. 11, esp. in Th.),I of Place, round about, around, of close-fitting dresses, armour, etc.,ἔνδυνε π. στήθεσσι χιτῶνα Il.10.21
;χιτῶνα π. χροῒ δῦνεν Od.15.60
;δύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ π. χροΐ Il.13.241
;ἕσσαντο π. χροῒ χαλκόν Od.24.467
;κνημῖδας.. π. κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε Il.11.17
;βεβλήκει τελαμῶνα π. στήθεσσι 12.401
: in Prose,π. τῇσι κεφαλῇσι εἶχον τιάρας Hdt.7.61
;θώρακα π. τοῖς στέρνοις ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.13
; οἱ στρεπτοὶ οἱ π. τῇ δέρῃ καὶ τὰ ψέλια π. ταῖς χερσί ib.1.3.2. ;π. τῇ χειρὶ δακτύλιον ὄντα Pl.R. 359e
, etc.;χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε π. στήθεσσι Il.13.245
;χιτῶνα π. στήθεσσι δαΐξαι 2.416
;πήληξ.. κονάβησε π. κροτάφοισι 15.648
; in other relations, π. δ' ἔγχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖται will grow weary by grasping the spear, 2.389 ;δράκων ἑλισσόμενος π. χειῇ 22.95
;κνίση ἑλισσομένη π. καπνῷ 1.317
;π. σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση 23.598
;μάρναντο π. Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν 18.453
: rarely in Trag.,π. βρέτει πλεχθείς A.Eu. 259
(lyr.);κεῖται νεκρὸς π. νεκρῷ S.Ant. 1240
.2 in Poets, also, around a weapon, i. e. spitted upon it, transfixed by it,π. δουρὶ πεπαρμένη Il.21.577
;ἐρεικόμενος π. δουρί 13.441
;κυλινδόμενος π. χαλκῷ 8.86
;π. δουρὶ ἤσπαιρε 13.570
;πεπτῶτα π. ξίφει S.Aj. 828
;αἷμα ἐρωήσει π. δουρί Il.1.303
.3 of a warrior standing over a dead comrade so as to defend him,ἀμφὶ δ' ἄρ' αὐτῷ βαῖν', ὥς τις π. πόρτακι μήτηρ 17.4
; ἑστήκει, ὥς τίς τε λέων π. οἷσι τέκεσσι ib. 133 ; Αἴας π. Πατρόκλῳ.. βεβήκει ib. 137, cf. 355 ;π. σκύμνοισι βεβηκώς Ar.Eq. 1039
.II of an object for or about which one struggles (cf. supr. A. 11.1),π. οἷσι μαχειόμενος κτεάτεσσι Od.17.471
;μαχήσασθαι π. δαιτί 2.245
;π. παιδὶ μάχης πόνος Il.16.568
;ἄνδρα π. ᾗ πατρίδι μαρνάμενον Tyrt.10.2
;π. τοῖς φιλτάτοις κυβεύειν Pl.Prt. 314a
;π. τῇ Σικελίᾳ ἔσται ὁ ἀγών Th.6.34
codd.;κινδυνεύειν π. αὑτῷ Antipho 5.6
.2 with Verbs denoting care, anxiety, or the opposite (cf. supr. A. 11.2),π. γὰρ δίε ποιμένι λαῶν, μή τι πάθοι Il.5.566
;ἔδεισεν δὲ π. ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ 10.240
, cf. 11.557;δεδιότες π. τῷ χωρίῳ Th.1.60
, cf. 74, 119, Ar.Eq.27;θαρρεῖν π. τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ Pl.Phd. 114d
, cf. Tht. 148c;π. πλέγματι γαθεῖ Theoc.1.54
.3 generally, of the cause or occasion, on account of, by reason of, ἀτύζεσθαι π. καπνῷ, v.l. for ὑπὸ καπνοῦ in Il.8.183;μὴ π. Μαρδονίῳ πταίσῃ ἡ Ἑλλάς Hdt.9.101
;π. σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πταῖσαι Th.6.33
;π. αὑτῷ σφαλῆναι Id.1.69
: in Poets, π. δείματι for fear, Pi.P.5.58 ; π. τιμᾷ in honour or praise, ib.2.59; π. τάρβει, π. φόβῳ, A.Pers. 696 (lyr.), Ch.35(lyr.);π. χάρματι h.Cer. 429
:—but π. θυμῷ is f.l. in Hdt.3.50.C WITH ACCUSATIVE,I of Place, prop. of the object round about which motion takes place, π. βόθρον ἐφοίτων came flocking round the pit, Od.11.42 ;π. νεκρὸν ἤλασαν ἵππους Il.23.13
;π. τέρματα ἵπποι τρωχῶσι 22.162
; ἄστυ πέρι.. διώκειν ib. 173, 230 ;ἐρύσας π. σῆμα 24.16
, cf. 51, etc.;π. φρένας ἤλυθ' ἰωή 10.139
;π. φρένας ἤλυθε οἶνος Od.9.362
: also of extension round, ἑστάμεναι π. τοῖχον, π. βωμόν, Il.18.374, Od.13.187, etc.;λέξασθαι π. ἄστυ Il.8.519
;μάρνασθαι π. ἄ. 6.256
, etc.;φυλάσσοντας π. μῆλα 12.303
; οἳ π. Πηνειὸν.. ναίεσκον, π. Δωδώνην.. οἰκί' ἔθεντο, 2.757, 750;σειρήν κεν π. ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο δησαίμην 8.25
, cf. Od.18.67: in Prose,ἰκριῶσαι π. τὼ ἀγάλματε IG12.371.22
;φυλακὰς δεῖ π. τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι X.An. 5.1.9
; π. τὴν κρήνην εὕδειν somewhere near it, Pl.Phdr. 259a, cf. X.Cyr. 1.2.9;εἶναι π. τὸν λαγώ Id.Cyn.4.4
; π. λίθον πεσών upon it, Ar.Ach. 1180; π. αὑτὰ καταρρεῖν collapse upon themselves, D.2.10;ταραχθεῖσαι [αἱ νῆες] π. ἀλλήλας Th.7.23
; πλεῦνες π. ἕνα many to one, Hdt.7.103 ; π. τὸν ἄρξαντα.. τὸ ἀδίκημά ἐστι is imputable to him who.., Antipho 4.4.2 : freq. with a Subst. only, ἡ π. Λέσβον ναυμαχία the sea-fight off Lesbos, X.HG2.3.32 ;οἱ π. τὴν Ἔφεσον Pl.Tht. 179e
;στρατηγοὶ π. Πελοπόννησον IG12.324.18
: strengthd.,π. τ' ἀμφί τε τάφρον Il.17.760
;π. τ' ἀμφί τε κύματα Hes.Th. 848
; cf. ἀμφί c. 1.2.2 of persons who are about one,ἔχειν τινὰ π. αὑτόν X.HG5.3.22
; esp. οἱ π. τινά a person's attendants, connexions, associates, or colleagues,οἱ π. τὸν Πείσανδρον πρέσβεις Th.8.63
; οἱ π. Ἡράκλειτον his school, Pl.Cra. 440c, cf. X.An.1.5.8, etc.; οἱ π. Ἀρχίαν πολέμαρχοι Archias and his colleagues, Id.HG5.4.2, cf. An.2.4.2, etc.; οἱ π. τινά so-and-so and his family, PGrenf.1.21.16 (ii B.C.), etc.; later οἱ π. τινά, periphr. for the person himself, οἱ π. Φαβρίκιον Fabricius, Plu.Pyrrh.20, cf. Tim.13, IGRom.3.883.14 (Tarsus, ii/iii A.D.); cf. ἀμφί C. 1.3.3 of the object about which one is occupied or concerned, π. δόρπα πονεῖσθαι, π. δεῖπνον πένεσθαι, Il.24.444, Od.4.624 (but π. τεύχε' ἕπουσι, tmesis for περιέπουσι, Il.15.555); later mostly εἶναι π. τι, Th.7.31, X.HG2.2.4;γενέσθαι Isoc.3.12
; π. γυναῖκας γενέσθαι Vett. Val.17.20;ὄντων ἡμῶν π. ταύτην τὴν πραγματείαν D.48.6
;διατρῖψαι π. τὴν θήραν X.Cyr.1.2.11
, etc.: less freq.ἔχειν π. τινάς Id.HG7.4.28
, Gal.15.442; in periphr. phrases, οἱ π. τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντες poets and orators, Isoc.12.35 ;οἱ π. τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες Id.9.8
; οἱ π. τὴν μουσικήν ib.4 ; οἱ π. τὰς τελετάς ministers of the mysteries, Pl.Phd. 69c ; ὁ π. τὸν ἵππον the groom, X. Eq.6.3; cf. ἀμφί C. 1.6.4 round or about a place, and so in,π. νῆσον ἀλώμενοι Od.4.368
, cf. 90;ἐμέμηκον π. σηκούς 9.439
; ἃν π. ψυχὰν γάθησεν in his heart, Pi.P.4.122 ;χρονίζειν π. Αἴγυπτον Hdt.3.61
, cf. 7.131;εὕροι ἄν τις [βασιλείας] π. τοὺς βαρβάρους Pl.R. 544d
, etc.; οἱπ. Φωκίδα τόποι Plb.5.24.12
, etc.5 about, in the case of, τὰ π. τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονότα, τὰ π. Μίλητον γενόμενα, Hdt.3.13, 6.26 ;εὐσεβεῖν π. θεούς Pl.Smp. 193a
;ἀσεβεῖν π. ξένους X.Cyr.5.2.10
;ἁμαρτάνειν π. τινάς Id.An.3.2.20
;ἀνήρ ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς π. τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων IG12.59.10
;ἄνδρ' ἀγαθὸν ὄντα Μαραθῶνι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar.Ach. 696
;τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχειν π. τὸν πατέρα Lys.10.21
;οὐδεμία συμφορὴ.. ἔσται.. π. οἶκον τὸν σόν Hdt.8.102
; ποιέειν or πράττειν τι π. τινά, Id.1.158, Pl.Grg. 507a;τὰ π. Πρηξάσπεα πρηχθέντα Hdt.3.76
;καινοτομεῖν π. τὰ θεῖα Pl. Euthphr.3b
;π. θεοὺς μὴ σωφρονεῖν X.Mem.1.1.20
; σπουδάζειν π. τινά promote his cause, Isoc.1.10: without a Verb,αἱ π. τοὺς παῖδας συμφοραί X.Cyr.7.2.20
;ἡ π. αὑτὸν ἐπιμέλεια Isoc.9.2
;ἡ π. ἡμᾶς ἡνιόχησις Pl.Phdr. 246b
: generally, of all relations, about, concerning, in respect of,π. μὲν τοὺς ἰχθύας οὕτως ἔχει Hdt.2.93
, cf. 8.86;πονηρὸν π. τὸ σῶμα Pl.Prt. 313d
;ἀκόλαστος π. ταῦτα Aeschin.1.42
; γελοῖος π. τὰς διατριβάς ib.126 ;ξυνηνέχθη θόρυβος π. τὸν Ἀστύοχον Th.8.84
; as to (cf. A. 11.5),π. τὸ παρὸν πάθος Pl.Tht. 179c
, cf. Phd. 65a : freq. in place of an Adj., ὄργανα ὅσα π. γεωργίαν, i.e. γεωργικά, Id.R. 370d ;οἱ νόμοι οἱ π. τοὺς γάμους Id.Cri. 50d
;αἱ π. τὰ μαθήματα ἡδοναί Id.Phlb. 51e
; also in place of a gen., οἱ π. Αυσίαν λόγοι the speeches of L., Id.Phdr. 279a; ἡ π. Φίλιππον τυραννίς the despotism of P., X.HG5.4.2 ;ἀκρασίας τῆς π. τὸν θυμόν Arist.EN 1149b19
: in Prose, to denote circumstances connected with any person or thing, τὰ π. Κῦρον, τὰ π. Ἑλένην, τὰ π. Βάττον, Hdt.1.95, 2.113, 4.154 ; τὰ π. τὸν Ἄθων the works at Mount Athos, Id.7.37; τὰ π. τὰς ναῦς naval affairs, Th.1.13; τὰ π. τὴν ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for τῆς ναυμαχίας ) the events of.., Id.8.63;τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον Pl.R. 468a
;τὰ π. τὸ σῶμα Id.Phdr. 246d
;τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς X.Cyr.8.1.23
, etc.; cf. ἀμφί c.1.4.II of Time, π. λύχνων ἁφάς about the time of lamp-lighting, Hdt.7.215; π. μέσας νύκτας about midnight, X.An.1.7.1; π. πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν ib.2.1.7; π. ἡλίου δυσμάς ib.6.5.32 ;π. τούτους τοὺς χρόνους Th.3.89
, etc.2 of round numbers, π. ἑβδομήκοντα about seventy, Id.1.54;π. ἑπτακοσίους X.HG2.4.5
, etc.D Position: π. may follow its Subst., when it suffers anastrophe,ἄστυ πέρι Il.22.173
;ἔριδος πέρι 16.476
: most freq. with gen.,τοῦδε πράγματος πέρι A.Eu. 630
;τῶνδε βουλεύειν πέρι Id.Th. 248
, etc. (S. only once uses it before its gen., Aj. 150 (anap.)): in Prose,σφέων αὐτῶν πέρι Hdt.8.36
;σοφίας πέρι Pl.Phlb. 49a
;δικαίων τε πέρι καὶ ἀδίκων Id.Grg. 455a
, etc.; , cf. Ap. 19c.E περί abs., as ADV., around, about, also, near, by, freq. in Hom.,γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα π. χθών Il.19.362
, al.: strengthd., round about,h.Cer.
276, cf. Call.Hec.1.1.13.II before or above others (cf. A. 111), exceedingly, only [dialect] Ep., in which case it commonly suffers anastrophe,Τυδεΐδη, πέρι μέν σε τίον Δαναοί Il.8.161
, cf. 9.53; σε χρὴ πέρι μὲν φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι ib. 100; ;ἅ οἱ πέρι δῶκεν Ἀθήνη Od.2.116
, cf. 7.110; ;πέρι κέρδεα οἶδεν 2.88
; .2 π. does not suffer anastrophe in the [dialect] Ep. phrase π. κῆρι right heartily,π. κῆρι φίλησε Il.13.430
, etc. ( κῆρι φιλεῖν alone, 9.117);ἀπέχθωνται π. κῆρι 4.53
; π. κῆρι τιέσκετο ib.46, cf. Od.5.36, 7.69;π. κῆρι.. ἐχολώθη Il.13.206
; alsoπ. φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή 16.157
;π. φρεσὶν αἴσιμα ᾔδη Od.14.433
;ἀλύσσοντες π. θυμῷ Il.22.70
, cf. Od.14.146;π. σθένεϊ Il.17.22
.4 περὶ κάτω bottom upwards,δῖνος π. κάτω τετραμμένος Stratt.34
, cf. Phot.;τὴν κόγχην στρέψας π. τὰ κάτω Ael.NA9.34
.F IN COMPOS. all its chief senses recur, esp.I extension in all directions as from a centre, all round, as in περιβάλλω, περιβλέπω, περιέχω.II completion of an orbit and return to the same point, about, as in περιάγω, περιβαίνω, περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo), περιέρχομαι, περιστρέφω.III a going over or beyond, above, before, as in περιβαίνω III, περιβάλλω v, περιγίγνομαι, περιεργάζομαι, περιτοξεύω.IV generally, a strengthening of the simple notion, beyond measure, very, exceedingly, as in περικαλλής, περίκηλος, περιδείδω, like Lat. per-.V the notion of double-ness which belongs to ἀμφί is found in only one poetic compd., περιδέξιος (q.v.).G PROSODY: περί never suffers elision in Il. or Od. (περ' ἰγνύσι h.Merc. 152
); once in Hes., (cf. Q.S.3.601, 11.382), v. ἰάχω fin.;περ' ἰγνύῃσι Theoc.25.242
;περ' Ἠδάλιον Inscr.Cypr. 135.27
H.; also in Pi.,περάπτων P.3.52
;περόδοις N.11.40
; ;περ' αὐτᾶς P.4.265
;ταύτας περ' ἀτλάτου πάθας O.6.38
: not in Trag. (περεβάλοντο, περεσκήνωσεν are ff. ll. in A.Ag. 1147, Eu. 634); in Com. and codd. of Prose writers only in part. of περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo) (q. v.):—π. stands before a word beginning with a vowel in Com., περὶ Ἀθηνῶν, περὶ ἐμοῦ, Ar.Eq. 1005 sq.:—[dialect] Aeol. περρ metri gr., v. A. 5. -
97 πράσσω
πράσσω, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. [full] πρήσσω, [dialect] Att. [full] πράττω (first in IG12.7.11, al., Ar. and X.), Cret. [full] πράδδω Leg.Gort.1.35: [tense] fut. πράξω, [dialect] Ion. πρήξω: [tense] aor. ἔπραξα, [dialect] Ion. ἔπρηξα: [tense] pf. πέπραχα, [dialect] Ion. πέπρηχα, (trans.) Hdt.5.106, X.HG5.2.32, Cyr.3.1.15, Din.3.21, Men.619, IG9(2).517.36 (Larissa, iii B. C.), PHib.1.80.11 (iii B. C.), (intr.) Pl.Com.187 codd., Arist.Rh.Al. 1440a36: [tense] plpf. ἐπεπράχει ([etym.] ν) (trans.) X. l.c., (intr.) App. BC5.83: [tense] pf. 2 πέπρᾱγα, [dialect] Ion. πέπρηγα, (intr.) Pi.P.2.73, Hdt.2.172, Ar.Pl. 629, Ra. 302, X.HG1.4.2, (trans.) Arist.EN 1168b35, al., SIG 364.70 (Ephesus, iii B. C.): [tense] plpf. ἐπεπράγεσαν (intr.) Th.2.4,7.24:— [tense] pf. πέπραγα [dialect] Att., πέπραχα Hellenistic, acc. to Moer.p.293 P., Phryn. PSp.103 B., but see above:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.A , X. HG6.2.36 (also in pass. sense, Pi.P.4.243 (prob.), Pl.R. 452a): [tense] aor. , Th.4.65, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. (v.supr.), alsoπραχθήσομαι Aeschin.3.98
, Arist.Rh. 1359a11, etc.; [tense] fut. 3πεπράξομαι S.OC 861
, Ar.Av. 847, Eup.9.3 D.: [tense] aor. , Th.4.54, etc.: [tense] pf.πέπραγμαι A.Pr.75
, etc. (sts. in med. sense, v. infr. vi). [[pron. full] ᾱ by nature, as is shown by the [dialect] Ion. form πρήσσω, and by the accent in πρᾶγμα, πρᾶξις, etc.]I in [dialect] Ep. only, pass through, pass over,δὶς τόσσον ἅλα πρήσσοντες ἀπῆμεν Od.9.491
;ῥίμφα πρήσσοντε κέλευθον Il.14.282
, 23.501;ῥίμφα πρήσσουσι κέλευθον Od.13.83
;ὁδὸν πρήσσουσιν ὁδῖται h.Merc. 203
: c. gen.,ἵνα πρήσσωμεν ὁδοῖο Il.24.264
, Od.15.219; ὄφρα πρ. ὁδοῖο ib.47;ἵνα πρήσσῃσιν ὁδοῖο 3.476
: Gramm. note that this sense is found only in [tense] pres., An.Ox.1.355, EM688.1.II experience certain for- tunes, fare well or ill,ὁ στόλος οὕτως ἔπρηξε Hdt.3.26
, cf.4.77, Th.7.24; soὡς ἔπρηξε Hdt.7.18
;κατὰ νόον π. Id.4.97
, cf. Ar.Eq. 549;πράξασαν ὡς ἔπραξεν A.Ag. 1288
;εὖ πέπραγεν, ὅτι.. Pi.P.2.73
, cf. Hdt.1.24,42, etc.;φλαύρως π. τῷ στόλῳ Id.6.94
;π. καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;χαλεπώτατα π. Th.8.95
;ταπεινῶς π. Isoc.5.64
;ὅστις καλῶς πράττει, οὐχὶ καὶ εὖ πράττει; Pl.Alc.1.116b
;π. εὐτυχῶς S.Ant. 701
; ; μακαρίως, εὐδαιμόνως, Ar.Pl. 629, 802: freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj.,εὖ π. τι S.OT 1006
, cf. OC 391;μηδὲν εὖ π. X.Mem.1.6.8
;χρηστόν τι π. Ar.Pl. 341
;καλά Th.6.16
;χείρω Id.7.71
; ;πάντ' ἀγαθά Ar.Ra. 302
, cf. Eq. 683 (lyr.); (anap.);πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθά X.An.6.4.8
;οἷον ἥθελεν S.OC 1704
(lyr.);πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου E.Or. 355
(anap.), cf.X.Mem.3.9.14.III achieve, effect, accomplish,οὔ τι Il.1.562
, 11.552, Od.2.191, etc.; , cf. 16.88;χρῆμα μὲν οὐ πρήξεις, σὺ δ' ἐτώσια πόλλ' ἀγορεύσεις Hes.Op. 402
; κλέος ἔπραξεν won it, Pi.I.5(4).8; ἔπραξε δεσμόν achieved bondage, i.e. brought it on himself, Id.P.2.40;τινὰ Νηρεΐδων π. ἄκοιτιν Id.N.5.36
; ὕμνον π. grant power of song, ib.9.3; λεόντεσσι π. φόνον do slaughter upon them, ib.3.46;τὴν Κυπρίων ἀπόστασιν π. Hdt.5.113
; π. εἰρήνην, φιλίαν, bring it about, D.3.7, 18.162; π. τι παρά τινος get something from.., ;ἐλπὶς πράξειν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀγαθόν Isoc.2.20
; also, attempt, plot,δήμου κατάλυσιν And.3.6
: c. dat. pers.,δαίμοσιν π. φίλα A.Pr. 660
;Αοξίᾳ χάριν E. Ion37
, cf. 896 (lyr.), El. 1133, etc.;σὺ τοῦτο πράξεις ὥστε..; A.Eu. 896
:—[voice] Pass.,πέπρακται τοὖργον Id.Pr.75
;φεῦ φεῦ πέπρακται E.Hipp. 680
;τὰ πεπραγμένα Pi.O.2.15
, etc.;ἡ ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπρ. ἀδοξία D. 1.11
;τὰ πεπρ. λῦσαι Id.24.76
;τὰ πραχθέντα A.Pr. 683
, etc.; τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων the facts of what took place, Th.1.22; .2 abs., effect an object, be successful,δὸς Τηλέμαχον πρήξαντα νέεσθαι Od.3.60
;ἔπρηξας καὶ ἔπειτα Il.18.357
.3 of sexual intercourse,ἐπράχθη τὰ μέγιστα Theoc.2.143
.4 to be busy with, σὺ μὲν τὰ σαυτῆς πρᾶσσ' mind your own business, S.El. 678;πράττων ἔκαστος τὸ αὑτοῦ Pl. Phdr. 247a
, cf. Plt. 307e;τὰ αὑτοῦ π. καὶ μὴ πολυπραγμονεῖν Id.R. 433a
, cf. 400e, etc. (whereas πολλὰ π. = πολυπραγμονεῖν, Hdt.5.33, E.HF 266, Ar.Ra. 228, etc.);φιλοσόφου τὰ αὑτοῦ πράξαντος καὶ οὐ πολυπραγμονήσαντος Pl.Grg. 526c
, cf. Ap. 33a, etc.; οὐδ' εὖ.. οἰκοῦνται αἱ πόλεις, ὅταν τὰ αὑτῶν ἕκαστοι πράττωσι (ironical) Id.Alc.1.127b; μὴ τὰ αὑτῶν π. not to act their part, Id.R. 452c;π. τὰ δέοντα X.Mem. 3.8.1
.5 manage affairs, do business, act, εἰπεῖν τε καὶ πρᾶξαι ib.2.9.4, cf. 2.8.6; πράττειν τὰ πολιτικὰ πράγματα, τὰ τῆς πόλεως, manage state-affairs, take part in government, Pl.Ap. 31d, Lys.16.20;τὰ Ἀθηναίων Pl.Smp. 216a
;οἱ τὰ κοινὰ π. καὶ πολιτευόμενοι Arist.Pol. 1324b1
: abs., without any addition, ἱκανωτάτω λέγειν τε καὶ πράττειν, of able statesmen, X.Mem.1.2.15, cf. 4.2.1,4;πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ π. D.18.45
, cf. 59, Pl.Prt. 317a.6 generally, transact, negotiate, manage, ; Θηβαίοις τὰ πράγματα π. manage matters for their interest, D.19.77:—so in [voice] Pass., τῷ Ἱπποκράτει τὰ.. πράγματα ἀπό τινων ἀνδρῶν.. ἐπράσσετο matters were negotiated with him by.., Th.4.76: but freq. abs., treat, negotiate, manage, act, οἱ πράσσοντες αὐτῷ ib. 110, cf. 5.76;π. πρός τινα Id.2.5
, 4.73, etc.; ἐς (v.l. πρὸς) τοὺς βαρβάρους, ἐς τοὺς Εἵλωτας, Id.1.131, 132:—[voice] Pass.,ἐπράττετο οὐ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους Aeschin.3.64
; alsoπ. τι ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν D.26.2
;π. ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως τὰ πάτρια Id.59.73
;π. περὶ εἰρήνης X.HG6.3.3
;π. τῇ δύναιτο ἄριστα Hdt.5.30
;π. ὡς ἄριστα καὶ πιστότατα Th.1.129
; the traitors,Id.
4.89, 113:—folld. by dependent clauses, ; ἐς τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἔπρασσεν, ὅπῃ ὠφελία τις γενήσεται ib.65; π. ὅπως πόλεμος γένηται ib.57; π. ὅπως τιμωρήσονται ib.56, cf. 3.4,70, etc.: c. acc. et inf.,μὴ δεῦρο πλεῖν τὴν ναῦν ἔπραττεν D.32.22
.b esp. of secret practices and intrigues, εἴ τι μὴ ξὺν ἀργύρῳ ἐπράσσετ' ἐνθένδ' unless some bribery was being practised, S.OT 125;καί τι αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπράσσετο ἐς τὰς πόλεις προδοσίας πέρι Th.4.121
, cf. 5.83;μετάστασις ἐπράττετο Lys.30.10
;τούτοις ἔπρασσον τὴν πόλιν Plb.4.17.12
; νῦν δ' αὔτ' Ἀτρεῖδαι φωτὶ παντουργῷ φρένας ἔπραξαν have jobbed them (the arms) away to a villain, S.Aj. 446.IV practise,πόνῳ π. θεοδμάτους ἀρετάς Pi. I.6(5).11
;δίκαια ἢ ἄδικα Pl.Ap. 28b
, etc.;ταῦτ' ἔπραξάν τε καὶ ἔλεξαν X.Cyr.5.1.1
; : then abs., act,π. ἔργῳ μὲν σθένος βουλαῖσι δὲ φρήν Pi.N.1.26
; ὡς πράττοντες as doing, Pl.R. 527a; μεθ' ἡμῶν ἔπραττεν, i. e. he took our side, Is.5.14.2 study,δράματα Suid.
s.v. Ἀριστοφάνης; συλλογισμούς Arr.Epict.2.17.27; ἐν τοῖς πραττομένοις in the poems which are now studied, made the subject of commentaries, Sch.Nic. Th.11.V c. dupl. acc. pers. et rei, πράττειν τινά τι do something to one, E.Hel. 1394, Isoc.12.93;ἀγαθόν τι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar. Ec. 108
.VI exact payment from one,αὐτοὺς ἑκατὸν τάλαντα ἔπρηξαν Hdt.3.58
; πράσσει με τόκον he makes me pay interest, Batr.185;π. τινὰ χρέος Pi.O.3.7
, cf. P.9.104;ὅσοι πράξεις πεπράγασιν SIG364.70
(Ephesus, iii B. C.);τοὐφειλόμενον π. Δίκη A.Ch. 311
(anap.); : freq. of tax-gatherers or other collectors of public debt, IG12.116.16, al., Pl.Lg. 774d;π. τὰς εἰσφοράς D.22.77
, etc.; φόρον ἔπρησσον παρ' ἑκάστων obtained or demanded from.., Hdt.1.106: c. acc. pers., press for payment,μὴ π. τοὺς ὀφειλέτας Plb.38.11.10
; π. τινά τι ὑπέρ τινος demand from one as the price for a thing, Luc.Vit.Auct.18: metaph., φόνον π. exact punishment or vengeance for a murder: hence, avenge, punish, A.Eu. 624;τὰ περὶ τὸν φόνον ἀγριωτέρως π. Pl.Lg. 867d
:—[voice] Pass., ὑπὸ βασιλέως πεπραγμένος φόρους called on to pay up the tribute, Th.8.5; πραχθεὶςὑπὸτῶνδε Lys.9.21
codd., cf. Pl.Lg. 921c:—[voice] Med., exact for oneself,πράξασθαί τινα μισθόν Pi.O.10(11).30
; ἀργύριον, χρήματα, Hdt.2.126, Th.4.65, cf. Ar.Ra. 561, etc.;τὴν διπλασίαν π. τὸν ὑποφεύγοντα Pl.Lg. 762b
, cf. Plb.5.54.11;π. τοὺς ἐξάγοντας τριακοστήν D.20.32
;πράσσεσθαι χρέος Antipho Fr.67
; φόρους πράσσεσθαι ἀπό, ἐκ τῶν πόλεων, Th.8.5, 37;παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον Lys.17.3
, cf. And.2.11: metaph. of exacting punishment, etc.,μεγάλ' ἀντ' ὀλίγων ἐπράξαο Call.Lav.Pall.91
:—[voice] Pass. [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf. in med. sense, εἰ μὲν ἐπεπράγμην τοῦτον τὴν δίκην if I had exacted from him the full amount, D.29.2.VII c. acc. pers., πράττειν τινά deal with, finish off, euphem.,ἔπρασσε δ' ᾇπέρ νιν, ὧδε θάπτει A.Ch. 440
(lyr.); πεπραγμένοι is f.l.ib. 132. -
98 μήν
μήν [(A)], [dialect] Dor. (Epich.78, etc.), [dialect] Aeol. (Sapph.Supp.23.5, etc.), and old [dialect] Ep. [full] μάν (in Hom.always folld. by a vowel exc. Il.5.895, 765, whereas μήν is folld. by a consonant exc. in Il.19.45; original μάν has prob. been changed to μέν exc. when the metre prevented), a Particle used to strengthen asseverations,A verily, truly; a synonym of μέν but stronger, and like it always following the word which begins the clause, ὧδε γὰρ ἐξερέω, καὶ μ. τετελεσμένον ἔσται and so verily.., Il.23.410; ἴστε μὰν .. ye know doubtless, Pi.I.4(3).35: freq. with imper., ἄγε μ. on then, Il.1.302;ἄγρει μάν 5.765
; (lyr.); (lyr.).II after other Particles,1 ἦ μήν, now verily, full surely,ἦ μὴν καὶ πόνος ἐστίν Il.2.291
, cf. h.Ap.87, Hes. Sc. 101;ἦ μάν Il.2.370
, 13.354, Sapph.l.c., Pi.P.4.40, al. (εἶ μάν IG5
(1).1390.27 (Andania, i B.C.)): strengthd.,ἦ δὴ μάν Il.17.538
: freq. later in strong protestations or oaths, c. inf.,ὄμνυσι δ' ἦ μὴν λαπάξειν A.Th. 531
, cf. S.Tr. 1186, X.An.2.3.26: in negation, ἦ μ. μή .. Th.8.81, etc. (but alsoὀμνύω μὴ μὰν φρονησεῖν SIG527.36
(Crete, iii B.C.)): in Prose also to begin an independent clause,ὀμνύω.., ἦ μ. ἐγὼ ἐθυόμην X.An.6.1.31
;καὶ νὴ τὸν κύνα,.. ἦ μ. ἐγὼ ἔπαθόν τι τοιοῦτον Pl. Ap. 22a
.2 καὶ μήν, sts. simply to add an asseveration, v. sub init., cf. Pi.N.2.13, etc.;καὶ δὴ μάν Theoc.7.120
: freq. to introduce something new or deserving special attention,καὶ μὴν Τάνταλον εἰσεῖδον Od.11.582
, cf. 593, A.Pr. 459, Pers. 406, etc.; esp. in dramatic Poets to mark the entrance of a person on the stage, here comes.., Id.Th. 372, E.El. 339; alsoὅδε μ. Αἵμων S.Ant. 626
(anap.), etc.; of new facts, and besides, nay more,καὶ μήν.. γε A.Pr. 982
, cf. Ar. Pax 369, X.Smp.4.15, etc.; in Orators to introduce new arguments,καὶ μήν.. γε Pl.Tht. 153b
, D.21.56; to introduce a counter-argument, Ar.Nu. 1185, Pl.Grg. 452c;καὶ μὴν καί D.27.30
, etc.: also in answers, to denote approbation or assent, ἀλλ' ἢν ἐφῇς μοι.. λέξαιμ' ἂν ὀρθῶς. Answ. καὶ μ. ἐφίημι well, I allow it, S.El. 556; μὴ νῦν διάτριβ', ἀλλ' ἄνυε πράττων .. Answ.καὶ μ. βαδίζω Ar.Pl. 413
(v.l.), cf. Ra. 895, E.Hec. 317; soκαὶ μ... γε Pl.R. 426e
, etc.3 ἀλλὰ μήν, yet truly, Id.Pers.233, etc.; ;ἀλλὰ μήν.. γε Id.Ra. 258
; to allege something not disputed, Pl.Tht. 187a: rarely separated,ἀλλ' ἐστὶ μ. οἰκητός S.OC28
; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐγὼ μ. .. E.Hec. 401: more strongly,ὅμως μ. Pl.Plt. 297d
.5 οὐ μήν, of a truth not, Il.24.52, A.Ag. 1068, etc.: elsewh. in Hom. οὐ μάν, Il.12.318, etc.; μὴ μάν ([dialect] Att. μὴ μήν) oh do not, 8.512, 15.476, etc.;ἀλλ' οὐ μάν 17.41
;ἀλλ' οὐ μάν.. γε S.OC 153
(lyr.);οὐδὲ μάν Pi.P.4.87
.6 ὡς μήν, = ἦ μήν, ὀμμνύω Δία.. ὡς μ. κρινεῖν τὰ ἀντιλεγόμενα Delph.3(1).362 i 40.III after interrogatives, τί μ.; well, what of it? A.Eu. 203, Pl.Tht. 145e, etc.; τί μ. οὔ well, why not? E. Rh. 706 (lyr.); τῶς μ.; well, but how.. ? X.Cyr.1.6.28; τίνος μ. ἕνεκα; ibid.; ποῦ μ.; to express surprise, Pl.Tht. 142a; ἀλλὰ πότε μήν; X. Smp.4.23.IV with adversative force, esp. after a neg., so that it is equivalent to μέντοι, νῦν ἐμὲ μὲν στυγέει.., ἔσται μὰν ὅτ' ἄν .. Il. 8.370- 373;οὐ μὴν ἄτιμοι.. τεθνήξομεν A.Ag. 1279
; ἀνάγκη μὲν καὶ ταῦτ' ἐπίστασθαι.., οὐδὲν μ. κωλύει κτλ. Pl.Phdr. 268e, cf. Grg. 493c, R. 529e, etc.;χαλεπῶς ἔχει ὑπὸ τραυμάτων, μᾶλλον μ. αὐτὸν αἱρεῖ τὸ νόσημα Id.Tht. 142b
; expressed more strongly by γε μ., Pi.P.7.18, A.Th. 1067 (anap.), S.OC 587, X.Cyr.6.1.7, etc.; alsoοὐ μ... γε A. Pr. 270
, Th. 538; οὐδὲ μ. ib. 809, Ch. 189; οὐ μ. οὐδέ nor yet indeed, Th. 1.3, 82, etc.;οὐ μὰν οὐδέ Il.4.512
;ἀλλ' οὐ μὰν οὐδέ 23.441
:—on οὐ μὴν ἀλλά, v. ἀλλά 11.5.------------------------------------μήν [(B)], ὁ,A v. μείς. -
99 ἔπειτα
ἔπειτα, [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Dor. [full] ἔπειτε( [full] ν) (q.v.), Adv., ([etym.] ἐπί, εἶτα):I of mere Sequence, without any notion of cause, thereupon, thereafter, then, freq. from Hom. downwds., as Il.1.48, 2.169, etc.: when in strong opposition to the former act or state, with past tenses, thereafter, afterwards; with future, hereafter,ἢ πέφατ' ἢ καὶ ἔ. πεφήσεται Il.15.140
; opp. αὐτίκα νῦν, 23.551; ὃς δ' ἔπειτ' ἔφυ, opp. ὅστις πάροιθεν ἦν, A.Ag. 171 (lyr.): in Hom.freq. with other Advs.,αὐτίκ' ἔ. Il.5.214
; αἶψα, ὦκα ἔ., 24.783, 18.527; evenἔνθα.. ἔ. Od.10.297
;δὴ ἔ. 8.378
: usu. with reference to a former act, just then, at the time, 1.106; freq. in narrative,πρῶτα μὲν.., αὐτὰρ ἔ. Il.16.497
; πρῶτον μέν.., folld. by ἔ. δέ.., Th.2.55, Pl.Ap. 18a, etc.; by ἔ. alone, Th.1.33, etc.; by ἔ. δέ.. ἔ. δέ.. ἔ..., X.Cyr.1.3.14; ἐπεὶ δέ.. ἔ... ἔ... ἔ. δέ, ib.8.3.24, al.;πρὶν μέν.., ἔ. δέ.. S.El. 724
;ἔ. γε Pl.Tht. 147c
, etc., f.l. in Ar.Th. 556; κἄπειτα, freq. in Trag., S.Aj.61, 305, etc.2 c. Art., τὸ ἔ. what follows,τό τ' ἔ. καὶ τὸ μέλλον καὶ τὸ πρίν Id.Ant. 611
(lyr.);τά τε πρῶτα, τά τ' ἔ., ὅσα τ' ἔμελλε τυχεῖν E.IT 1265
(lyr.);οἱ ἔ.
future generations,A.
Eu. 672;ὁ ἔ. βίος Pl.Phd. 116a
;εἰς τὸν ἔ. χρόνον Id.Phlb. 39e
, X.Cyr.1.5.9, OGI90.43 (Rosetta, ii B.C.);ἡ ἐς τὸ ἔ. δόξα Th.2.64
;ἐν τῷ ἔ. Pl.Phd. 67d
;ἐκ τοῦ ποτὲ εἰς τὸ ἔ. Id.Prm. 152b
.3 like εἶτα, with a finite Verb after a participle, μειδήσασα δ' ἔ. ἑῷ ἐγκάτθετο κόλπῳ she smiled and then placed it in her bosom, Il.14.223, cf. 11.730, etc.: freq. in Trag. and [dialect] Att., A.Th. 267, Eu.29, Pl.Phd. 82c: so freq. when part. and Verb are opposed, marking surprise or the like , and then, and yet, nevertheless,τὸ μητρὸς αἷμα.. ἐκχέας πέδοι ἔ. δώματ' οἰκήσει πατρός; A.Eu. 654
, cf. 438;χὤταν ἐν κακοῖσί τις ἁλοὺς ἔ. τοῦτο καλλύνειν θέλῃ S.Ant. 496
;ὅστις ἀνθρώπου φύσιν βλαστὼν ἔ. μὴ κατ' ἄνθρωπον φρονῇ Id.Aj. 761
; , cf. Av.29, Pl.Grg. 519e, Prt. 319d: adversatively, answeringμέν, πολλάκις μὲν ὥρμα.., ἔ... διεκωλύετο Id.R. 336b
;ἔτι μὲν ἐνεχείρησα.., ἔ... Id.Prt. 310c
, etc.; also κἄπειτα after a part., Ar.Nu. 624, Av. 536; cf.εἶτα 1.2
.4 in apodosi (never at the beginning of the clause; in Hom. freq. strengthd. by other Particles):a after a Temporal Conj., then, thereafter, ἐπεὶ δὴ σφαίρῃ πειρήσαντο, ὀρχείσθην δὴ ἔ. when they had done playing at ball, then they danced, Od.8.378; after ἐπεί, Il.16.247;ἐπὴν.. δὴ ἔ. Od.11.121
; ὁπότε, Il.18.545; ὅτε, 3.223;ὡς.. ἄρ' ἔ. 10.522
;ἦμος.. καὶ τότ' ἔ. 1.478
.b after a Conditional Conj., then surely, εἰ δ' ἐτεὸν δὴ.. ἀγορεύεις, ἐξ ἄρα δή τοι ἔ. θεοὶ φρένας ὤλεσαν if thou speakest sooth, then of a surety have the gods infatuated thee, 7.360, cf. 10.453, Od.1.290, etc.; so after ἤν, Il.9.394; also when the apodosis takes the form of a question, εἰ μὲν δὴ ἕταρόν γε κελεύετέ μ' αὐτὸν ἑλέσθαι, πῶς ἂν ἔ. Ὀδυσῆος λαθοίμην; how can I in such a case? 10.243; when a condition is implied in relat. Pron., ὃν ( = εἴ τινα)μέν κ' ἐπιεικὲς ἀκουέμεν, οὔ τις ἔ. τόν γ' εἴσεται 1.547
; ὃν ( = εἴ τινα)δέ κ' ἐγὼν ἀπάνευθε μάχης ἐθέλοντα νοήσω μιμνάζειν, οὔ οἱ ἔ. ἄρκιον ἐσσεῖται 2.392
.II of Sequence in thought, i.e. Consequence or Inference, then, therefore,ξεῖν', ἐπεὶ ἂρ δὴ ἔ... μενεαίνεις Od.17.185
, cf. Il.15.49, 18.357;οὐ σύ γ' ἔ. Τυδέος ἔκγονός ἐσσι 5.812
; rarely at the beginning,ἔπειθ' ἑλοῦ γε θάτερα S.El. 345
.2 in telling a story, νῆσος ἔ. τις ἔστι now, there is an island, Od.4.354, cf. 9.116.3 in [dialect] Att. freq. to introduce emphatic questions, why then.. ?ἔ. τοῦ δέει; Ar.Pl. 827
, cf. Th. 188, Nu. 226; mostly to express surprise, or to sneer, and so forsooth..? and so really..? ἔ. οὐκ οἴει φροντίζειν [τοὺς θεοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων]; X.Mem.1.4.11; so (anap.), Ar.Ach. 126, Av. 963, X.Smp.4.2; freq. with δῆτα added,ἔ. δῆτα δοῦλος ὢν κόμην ἔχεις; Ar.Av. 911
, cf. 1217, Lys. 985, E.Alc. 822. -
100 αὐτός
Aαὐτόν Leg.Gort. 3.4
, al.), reflexive Pron., self:—in oblique cases used for the personal Pron., him, her, it:—with Art., ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.I self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb: freq. joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (v. infr. 10),1 one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.11.602; reversely, body, not soul, Il.1.4; oneself, as opp. others who are less prominent, as king to subject, 6.18; Zeus to other gods, 8.4; bird to young, 2.317; man to wife and children, Od.14.265; warrior to horses, Il.2.466, or to weapons, 1.47; shepherd to herd, Od.9.167, cf. Il.1.51; Trojans to allies, 11.220; seamen to ships, 7.338: generally, whole to parts, ib. 474; so laterἡ σίδη καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ τὰ φύλλα Thphr.HP4.10.7
, cf. X.Ath.1.19, Pl.Grg. 511e, etc.;αὐτή τε Μανδάνη καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα X.Cyr.1.3.1
;αὐ. τε καὶ τὰ ποιήματα βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖξαι Pl.R. 398a
: abs., the Master, as in the Pythag. phrase Αὐτὸς ἔφα, Lat. Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος.. ;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, Ar.Nu. 218; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν ib. 219;ἀνοιγέτω τις δώματ'· Αὐτὸς ἔρχεται
the Master,Id.
Fr. 268, cf. Pl.Prt. 314d, Thphr.Char.2.4, Men.Sam.41:αὐ. ἀϋτεῖ Theoc.24.50
: neut., αὐτὸ σημανεῖ the result will show, E.Ph. 623;αὐτὸ δηλώσει D.19.157
;αὐτὰ δηλοῖ Pl.Prt. 329b
; αὐτὸ διδάξει ib. 324a; esp.αὐτὸ δείξει Cratin. 177
, Pl.Hp.Ma. 288b, cf. Tht. 200e; in full,τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει τοὔργον S.Fr. 388
;τοὔργον τάχ' αὐτὸ δείξει Ar.Lys. 375
; redupl., ; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under.., Il.13.615; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, Lys.12.12; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, X. An.4.7.7; ; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, Th.2.3; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, X.Mem. 4.5.7;αὐτὰ τὰ χρήσιμα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα D.H.Th.23
; even,οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης Il.6.451
; .—In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the Art. and Subst., or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Art. is sts. omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals,αὐτὸς Μένων X.An.2.1.5
; αὐτὸς βασιλεύς ib.1.7.11.2 of oneself, of one's own accord,ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω Il.17.254
; ;καταπαύσομεν· οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ παυέσθων Od.2.168
;ἥξει γὰρ αὐτά S.OT 341
; also, in person,τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν.. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον D.1.2
.3 by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.8.99; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ', i.e. without a mother, 5.880, cf. Hes.Th. 924; by himself,Hdt.
5.85; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, Ar.Ach. 504, cf. Th. 472, Pl.Prm. 137b, Herod.6.70, Plu.2.755c, Luc. DDeor.10.2;αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι.. ἢ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις X.An.2.3.7
;ἄνευ τοῦ σίτου τὸ ὄψον αὐτὸ ἐσθίειν Id.Mem.3.14.3
;τὸν τρίβωνα ὃν αὐτὸν φορεῖ Thphr.Char.22.13
(prob.); αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, Emp.21.13, al.: strengthd., αὐτὸς κτήσατο οἶος himself alone, Od.14.450; αὐτὸς μόνος, v. μόνος II; αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτόν, v. ἑαυτοῦ.4 in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea,δίκαιον αὐτό Pl.Phd. 65d
;αὐτὸ τὸ ἕν Id.Prm. 143a
, al., cf. Arist. Metaph. 997b8: neut., αὐτό is freq. in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders,οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ' αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις Pl.R. 363a
; less freq. with Art.,τί ποτ' ἐστὶν αὐτὸ ἡ ἀρετή Id.Prt. 360e
; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ οὔ; Id.Smp. 199d; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, ibid.e: later, in compos., αὐτοαγαθόν, αὐτοάνθρωπος, etc. (q. v.), cf. Arist.Metaph. 1040b33; less freq. agreeing with the Subst., , etc.; doubled,ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος μανθάνειν αὐτήν τε αὐτήν, εἰ καλῶς εἴκασται
its very self,Id.
Cra. 439a.5 in dat. with Subst., in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, Il.9.194; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all, 14.498, cf. Od.13.118;αὐτῷ σὺν ἄγγει E. Ion 32
, cf. Hipp. 1213; also withoutσύν, αὐτῇ κεν γαίῃ ἐρύσαι Il.8.24
: so freq. in Prose and Poetry, αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι men and all, Hdt.6.93; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, A.Pr. 223 (lyr.); : with Art., ;αὐτοῖσι τοῖς πόρπαξι Ar.Eq. 849
, etc.;αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἵπποις κατακρημνισθῆναι X.Cyr.1.4.7
.6 added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, Th.1.46, cf. 8.35, X.HG2.2.17, Apoc.17.11, etc.:— αὐτός always being the chief person.7 freq. coupled withοὗτος, τοῦτ' αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν Pl.Plt. 267c
, etc.;αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον Id.Grg. 500b
; alsoλεγόντων ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν.. αὐτὰ δὲ τάδε Th.1.139
;πόλεις ἄλλας τε καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον X.An.7.1.27
; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα .. Pl.Prt. 310e.9 repeated in apodosi for emphasis,αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν.. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν Lys.12.68
, cf. A.Fr. 350, X.An.3.2.4.10 in connexion with the person. Pron.,ἐγὼν αὐτός Od.2.194
;σέθεν αὐτοῦ Il.23.312
;νωΐτερον αὐτῶν 15.39
(always divisim in Hom.); folld. by an enclit. Pron.,αὐτόν μιν Od.4.244
; soαὐτὸν γάρ σε δεῖ Προμηθέως A.Pr.86
; alsoαὐτὸς ἔγωγε Pl.Phd. 59b
, etc.:— after Hom. in the oblique cases αὐτός coalesces with the Pron., ἐμαυτοῦ, σεαυτοῦ (these not in Alc. or Sapph., A.D.Pron.80.10 sqq.), ἑαυτοῦ, etc. (q. v.).b with person. Pron. omitted, αὐτός.. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, Il.13.252; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν, 24.503;αὐτῶν γὰρ ἀπωλόμεθ' ἀφραδίῃσιν Od.10.27
; in 2.33 οἱ αὐτῷ is simply a strengthd. form of οἱ; and so in [dialect] Att., when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc., are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. Pron., cf. X.Cyr.6.2.25 with 6.1.14.c with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc., to add force and definiteness,αὐτὸς καθ' αὑτοῦ A.Th. 406
; αὐτοὶ ὑφ' αὑτῶν ib. 194;αὐτοὶ καθ' αὑτούς X.Mem.3.5.4
;αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό Pl.Tht. 201e
; sts. between the Art. and reflex. Pron., , cf. Pr. 762; : also κατ' αὐτὺ ([dialect] Boeot. for αὐτοὶ)αὐτῶν IG7.3172.121
(Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.).d αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possess. Pron.,πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ' ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ Il.6.446
;θρῆνον.. ἐμὸν τὸν αὐτῆς A.Ag. 1323
; ; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ ib. 1248; ;τοῖς ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις X.An. 7.1.29
.e αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. Adj.,αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος Hdt.2.25
;τῇ εὐρυτάτη ἐστὶ αὐτὴ ἑωυτῆς Id.1.203
.11 αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, Il.12.225, Od.8.107, 16.138, Pi.N.5.1 (never in Trag.), and in later Prose,αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις IG 14.966
(ii A. D.), cf. Ev.Luc.23.12.12 [comp] Comp.αὐτότερος Epich.5
: [comp] Sup. his very self,Ar.
Pl.83: neut. pl. αὐτότατα dub. in Phld.Piet.80. Adv., [comp] Comp.αὐτοτέρως Gal.18(2).431
.II he, she, it, for the simple Pron. of 3 pers., only in oblique cases (exc. in later Gk., Ev.Luc.4.15, etc.), and rarely first in a sentence, Pl.La. 194e, and later, Ep.Eph.2.10, etc.: rare in [dialect] Ep., Il. 12.204 (where Hdn. treated it as enclitic), and mostly emphatic, ib.14.457, Od.16.388; so in Trag., E.Hel. 421: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence,ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα.. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι X.An.2.4.7
;πειράσομαι τῷ πάππῳ.. συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.1.3.15
;ἄνδρα δὴ.. εἰ ἀφίκοιτο εἰς τὴν πόλιν, προσκυνοῖμεν ἂν αὐτόν Pl.R. 398a
; after a Relative,ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται.. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;οὓς μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν X.An.6
. 4.9, cf. 1.9.29; esp. where a second Verb requires a change of case in the Pron.,οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι.. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι Id.An.2.5.27
;ἐκεῖνοι οἷς οὐκ ἐχαρίζονθ' οἱ λέγοντες οὐδ' ἐφίλουν αὐτούς D.3.24
; in subdivisions,ὅσοι.. οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν.. X.Cyr.1.1.1
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 168e; later, pleonastically after a Relative,ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν Call.Epigr.43
, cf. Ev.Luc.3.16, Apoc.7.2, etc.: in S.Ph. 316 αὐτοῖς is emphatic 'in their own persons'.III with Art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and [dialect] Att. [var] contr. αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre, cf. S.OT 734 with 325, and in Prose to avoid hiatus): gen. ταὐτοῦ, dat. ταὐτῷ, pl. neut. ταὐτά; [dialect] Ion. ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in Hom., Il. 6.391, Od.7.55, 326;ὁ αὐ. εἰμι τῇ γνώμῃ Th.3.38
, cf. 5.75;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c. dat., to denote sameness or agreement, esp. in Prose,τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν Hdt.4.119
; ; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, Pl. Euthd. 298a; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with.., X.An.3.1.27; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one, ib.30, cf. A.Ch. 210;κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Νείλῳ Hdt.2.20
;τῇ αὐτῇ.. καί Id.4.109
; ;ὁ αὐτός.. ὥσπερ Pl.Phd. 86a
; face to face,Jul.
Or.2.5a0.2 in later Greek, the said, the above-named,Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ. PLille23.8
(iii B. C.), etc.IV Adverbial phrases:1 simply, merely,Ph.
2.252, etc.;αὐ. μόνον ἐργάτης Luc.Somn.9
;αὐ. μόνον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς φωνῆς A.D.Synt.22.20
.3 αὐτὸ τοῦτο as Adv., PGrenf.1.114 (ii B. C.), 2 Ep.Pet. 1.5;τῆς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κινουμένης σφαίρας Iamb. Comm.Math.17
.4 with Preps., added together, making a total,PLond.
2.196.37 (ii A. D.); together, at the same time,Act.Ap.
14.1, etc.; but just then,Hdn.
1.12.3.V In Compos.:1 of or by oneself, self-.., as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος.2 hence, as a second self, very.., bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς.3 in the abstract, the ideal, v. supr.1.4.4 precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα.5 rarely with reflex. sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω.6 in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος.7 by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc., v. the respective Arts.
См. также в других словарях:
μεν — (Maine). Ιστορική περιοχή της βορειοδυτικής Γαλλίας. Αντιστοιχεί σε μεγάλο μέρος στους σημερινούς νομούς Σαρτ και Μαγέν. Το έδαφος είναι ως επί το πλείστον πεδινό και κυματοειδές και διαρρέεται από διάφορους ποταμούς (Σαρτ, Μαγέν και Λουάρ), οι… … Dictionary of Greek
Μεν ντε Μπιράν, Φρανσουά Πιερ — (Francois Pierre Maine de Biran, Μπερζεράκ, 1766 – Γκρατλού, Παρίσι 1824). Γάλλος φιλόσοφος. Είχε σπουδάσει ιατρική και βρισκόταν στις Βερσαλλίες, στην υπήρεσία του Λουδοβίκου ΙΣΤ’ κατά το ξέσπασμα της Γαλλικής Επανάστασης. Τα γεγονότα που είδε… … Dictionary of Greek
Μεν, Ζαν ντε- — (Jean de Meun, περ. 1240 – 1305). Γάλλος ποιητής. Συνέχισε το ποίημα Μυθιστόρημα του ρόδου, προσθέτοντας νέα επεισόδια (αλληγορικά πάντοτε) που εμφάνιζαν χαρακτηριστικά μιας εκλεπτυσμένης ιδιοσυγκρασίας. Οι στίχοι του διαπνέονται από άκρατο… … Dictionary of Greek
Ελλάδα - Δίκαιο (Αρχαιότητα και Βυζάντιο) — ΤΟ ΑΡΧΑΙΟ ΔΙΚΑΙΟ Το ελληνικό δίκαιο συνδέεται με την εξέλιξη και την ακμή της πόλης στην αρχαιότητα. Οι πολιτειακές μεταβολές και κυρίως η γένεση, η άνθηση και η πορεία της δημοκρατίας στο χρόνο ορίζουν την έννοια, το εύρος, το περιεχόμενο και τα … Dictionary of Greek
ου μεν ουν — οὐ μὲν οὖν (ΑΜ, Α και οὐμενοῡν) (εισάγει αρνητική έκφραση σε αποκρίσεις, καθώς και για αντιλογία ή διόρθωση φράσης που προελέχθη ή εισήγησης) βεβαίως όχι, βεβαίως δεν, λοιπόν όχι αρχ. οὐμενοῡν... γε όμως όχι τουλάχιστον, όμως όχι λοιπόν,… … Dictionary of Greek
Ελλάδα - Κοινωνία και Οικονομία (Αρχαιότητα) — ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΑ ΣΤΗΝ ΑΡΧΑΙΟΤΗΤΑ ΑΡΧΑΪΚΗ ΠΕΡΙΟΔΟΣ Η οικονομία στην Aρχαϊκή περίοδο Στον τομέα της οικονομίας, στην Aρχαϊκή περίοδο, σημειώθηκε μια σημαντική πρόοδος σε σχέση με τη Γεωμετρική περίοδο. Κατά τη διάρκεια της Γεωμετρικής… … Dictionary of Greek
Άγιος Χριστόφορος και Νέβις — Νησιωτικό κράτος της Καραϊβικής θάλασσας, στην Κεντρική ΑμερικήΤο κράτος αποτελείται από δύο νησιά: τον Ά.Χ. (176,2 τ. χλμ.) και το Ν. (93,2 τ. χλμ.), 3,3 χλμ. ΝΑ του Α.Χ.Τα νησιά χωρίζονται από το στενό Νάροους. Βρίσκονται στο βορειότερο άκρο… … Dictionary of Greek
ακάτρ μεν — (a quatre mains). Παρτιτούρες ορχήστρας διασκευασμένες για πιάνο με δύο εκτελεστές που παίζουν συγχρόνως. Η διασκευή αυτή γίνεται για να μπορέσουν να αποδοθούν στο πιάνο λεπτομέρειες ενός έργου γραμμένου για ορχήστρα και οι οποίες δεν θα… … Dictionary of Greek
Ὡς ἃπας μὲν λόγος ἂν ἀπῇ τὰ πράγματα ματαῖον τε φαίνεται καὶ κεινόν. — См. Не спеши языком, торопись делом … Большой толково-фразеологический словарь Михельсона (оригинальная орфография)
ομολογώ — και μολογώ και μολογάω (ΑΜ ὁμολογῶ, έω) [ομόλογος] 1. αναγνωρίζω ρητώς κάτι που έκανα ή είπα, παραδέχομαι, αποδέχομαι («τα επιχειρήματα τόν έκαναν να ομολογήσει την ενοχή του») 2. (συν. ως τριτοπρόσ.) ομολογείται θεωρείται γενικά παραδεκτό,… … Dictionary of Greek
νεόκτιστος — και νιόκτιστος και νιόχτιστος, η, ο (ΑΜ νεόκτιστος και ποιητ. τ. νεόκτιτος, η, ον) αυτός ο οποίος κτίστηκε πρόσφατα ή αυτός που ιδρύθηκε πρόσφατα («Μίλητον μὲν ἔα καὶ τὴν νεόκτιστον ἐν Θρηΐκη πόλιν», Ηρόδ.) μσν. (για πρόσ.) αυτός που διορίστηκε… … Dictionary of Greek
